UL 943
1 Scope(范围)
1.1 These requirements cover ground-fault circuit-interrupters intended for use only in
alternating-current circuits wherein one of the wires is grounded in accordance with the
National Electrical code. These devices are intended for use on 120Vac or 120/240Vac,
60 Hz circuits.
UL943标准包括在国家电力法规中任何仅用于交流电路的GFCI，这些装置辑使用于120Vac 或
120/240Vac 60Hz 的电路。
1.2 These requirements do not cover GFCI intended for use in circuits served by a
transformer having winding wholly insulated from each other.
UL943标准不包括以一个所有线圈相互绝缘的变压器作适配器的线路中的GFCI。
1.3 A GFCI as covered by these requirements is a device whose function is to interrupt the
electric circuit to the load when a fault current to ground exceeds some predetermined
value that is less than that required to operate the over current protective device of the
supply circuit.
一个适合UL943标准的GFCI它的功能是断开负载的电路装置, 当负载对地电流超过一些预定值
时必需运行供给电路中的过流保护器。
1.4 Deleted April 15,2002
2 Glossary(朮语)
2.1 ACCESSIBLE PART - A part so located that it can be contacted by a person, either
directly or by means of a probe or tool.
易接触的零件 – 一个零件的位置它能被人体接触，或者直接的或者用探针或或用工具。
2.2 AUTOMATIC RECLOSURE – Denotes the act of a GFCI resetting itself after having been tripped.
自动机械重复关闭 – 是指一个接地短路保护装置被断开后可以重新设定它本身。
2.3 CLASS A – Denotes a GFCI that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or
more.
CLASS A – 是指一个GFCI当有一错误接地电流大于或等于6mA时，它心须将负载断
开.
2.4 CLASS B – Denotes a GFCI that will trip when a fault current to ground is 20 mA or more.
CLASS B – 是指 一个接地短路保护装置当有一错误接地电流大于或等于20mA时，
它心须将负载断开.
2.5 CORD-CONNECTE – Denotes connection to a supply circuit by way of a flexible
cord terminating in an attachment plug.
电线连结 – 是指用一条尾端有插座软的长电线连结到一个供给电路。
2.6 DOUBLE INSULATION – The insulation system resulting from a combination of
functional and supplementary insulation.
双重绝缘 – 这种绝缘方式是由一个结合的功能绝缘和一个补助绝缘。
2.7 ENERGIZED PART – A part at some potential with respect to another part, or to earth.
活动零件 -
2.8 FUNCTIONAL INSULATION – The insulation necessary for the proper functioning
of the device, and for basic protection against electrical shock hazard.
功能绝缘 – 绝缘必需适合于特定的装置机能装置和对抗危险电击的基本保护。
2.9 GROUND FAULT – Denotes an unintentional electrical path between a part
operating normally at some potential to ground, and ground.
接地短路 – 是指一个无意的在一个正常运行的零件.
2.10 LEAKAGE CURRENT – Denotes all currents including capacitively coupled
currents which may be conveyed between energized parts of a circuit and (1) ground or
(2) other parts.
漏电电流 – 是指所有的电流包括电容连接的电流可能在一个巡回电路的能量零件之间
传递(1)地线或(2)其它零件.
2.10.1 OUTLET – BOX TYPE GROUND – FAULT CIRCUIT – INTERRUPTER- A permanently
connected GFCI provided with a mounting yoke for mounting in an outlet box; may or
may not be provided with receptacle outlets. May be referred to as a receptacle – type
GFCI.
出线盒接地短路保护装置 -永久连接的接地短路保护装置在一个出线盒提供由于一个架设轭给架
设盒子;可能或不可能具有插座输出. 可被称为插座类型 GFCI.
2.11 PERMANENTLY CONNECTED – Denotes connection to a supply circuit by way of
fixed electrical conductors.
永久连接 – 是指电导体固定连接到一个供给电路。
2.12 PORTABLE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER – A plug-in type GFCI
provided with male blades for connection to a receptacle, or one that is
cord-connected.(see 2.5)
携带型接地短路保护装置 – 使用插头输入类接地短路保护装置，它用公端子连接一个插
座，或者就是说用一条电线连接.
2.13 RAINPROOF – Denotes a GFCI so constructed as to prevent rain from interrupter
provided with its successful operation.
防水 - 是指GFCI它的结构能防止来自雨水的影响保持正常的运行。
2.14 RATED CURRENT – The marked value of current.
额定电流 – 标定的电流值。
2.15 RATED VOLTAGE – For devices with a marked voltage within the range of
110~125V, the rated voltage is to be considered to be 120V. For devices with an
additional marked voltage within the range of 190-250V, the rated voltage is considered
to be 120/240V.
额定电压 – 对于装置的标定电压在110~125V的范围，额定电压被视为120V。对于
装置有一附加的标定电压在190-250V，额定电压被视为120/240V。
2.16 REINFORCED INSULATION – An insulation providing protection against electrical
shock hazard that is equivalent to double insulation.
加强绝缘 – 如有一绝缘它的抗高压电击保护就是给同等物双重绝缘。
2.17 ROOM TEMPERATURE – Air at 25.0?5.0?(77.0?9.0F).
室内温度 – 25.0?5.0?(77.0?9.0).
2.18 SHOCK HAZARD – A shock hazard is considered to exist at a part of a GFCI if:
电击危险 – 如果GFCI的零件被认为存在电击危险:
a) There would be current of 6m A or more in a resistance of 500 Ohms connected
between the part in question and the grounded supply conductor, and
在接地供应导线和被考虑的零件之间相连接一个500 Ohms 的电阻中将有6mA 或更大
的电流。
b) The device would not operate to open the circuit to the 500-ohm resistor within
the time allowed in 24.1.1
2.19 SUPPLEMENTARY INSULATION – An independent insulation provided in
addition to the functional insulation to insure protection against electric shock
hazard in the event that functional insulation should fail.
补助绝缘 – 如功能绝缘将不合格增加一个独立的绝缘到功能绝缘确保保护抗高压
电击。
2.20 TRIP – Denotes automatic interruption by the GFCI of the electric circuit to the
load.
跳闸 – 是指接地短路保护装置自动中断负载电路。
3 Components ( 零件 )
3.1 Except as indicated in 3.2, a component of a product covered by this standard shall
comply with the requirements for that component. See Appendix A for a list of standards
covering components used in the products covered by this standard.
除与3.2说明的外，产品内的某个零件将参照标准的要求。见附录A有包含一些零件使用标准在
这产品标准内。
3.2 A component is not required to comply with a specific requirement that:
以下零件不需要参照明确的要求:
a) Involves a feature or characteristic not requited in the application of the component
in the product covered by this standard, or
在这产品里具有一个特征或特性的零件不显示在标准申请内。
b) Is superseded by a requirement in this standard. (3.2 revised September 18, 2000)
在这标准里可取代的要求。
3.3 A component shall be used in accordance with its rating established for the intended
conditions of use. (3.3 revised September 18, 2000)
零件的使用条件级别是一致的。
3.4 Specific components are incomplete in construction features or restricted in
performance capabilities. Such components are intended for use only under limited
conditions, such as certain temperatures not exceeding specified limits and shall be
used only under those specific conditions. (3.4 revised September 18, 2000)
在结构特征上不完善或在运作功能方面受到限制的特殊零件. 这样的零件只在预定有限制的条
件下使用,例如 某温度没有非常的极限说明和将使用其它的特定条件下.
4 Units of Measurement ( 测量单位 )
4.1 Values stated without parentheses are the requirement. Values in parentheses are
explanatory or approximate information. (4 .1 revised September 18, 2000)
重要的规定不是包含这要求,包含是重要的说明或最近的通知。
5 Reference
5.1 Any undated reference to a code or standard appearing in the requirements of this
standard shall be interpreted as referring to the latest edition of that code or standard.
把对一个代码的任何无定期参考或者在这个标准的需要方面出现的标准将看作涉及那代码或者
标准的最晚的版本。
CONSTRUCTION( 结构 )
6 General ( 概要 )
6.1 The design, workmanship, and degree of production uniformity shall be such that the
reliability of the GFCI to perform the functions evaluated by the requirements will be
high.
生产均匀性的设计, 手艺, 和程度将是GFCI 的可靠性将是高的完成由需要评价的功能。
6.2 A GFCI intended to serve also as a junction box for swimming-pool equipment shall
comply with the applicable requirements covering swimming-pool junction boxes,
UL1241.
一个GFCI供给浴室的设备同样是一个接线盒将参照适合于浴室内接线盒的要求，
UL1241。
6.3 Male and female contact devices such as plugs, connectors, current taps, and
receptacles provided with, or as an integral part of a GFCI shall also comply with the
applicable construction and performance requirements from the Standard for
Attachment Plug and Receptacles, UL498. (Added 6.3 effective July 4, 1998)
具有公插和母插的连接装置例如插头、连接器、电流开关和插座，或一个主要零件是一个GFCI
其适用的结构和性能要求参照插头和插座的标准，如:UL498。
7 Resistance to Corrosion (耐腐蚀性)
7.1 Parts shall be protected against corrosion if failure of such parts would be likely to
result in a hazardous condition, including failure to perform with high-resistance
ground faults as provided in these requirements. (7.1 revised September 27, 2002)
零件必须可以耐腐蚀,如果失败了,会引起危险,包括不能符合标准所要求的高阻抗接地错误
测试。
如果这样的零件的失败很有可能导引冒险条件使零件将避免腐蚀, 包括未能够用的高阻抗错误
接地完成在这些需要方面提供了。
8 Rainproof Enclosures ( 防水的外壳 )
8.1 A rainproof enclosure shall be so constructed as to exclude a beating rain. The
enclosure shall be provided with external means for mounting, except that internal
means for mounting may be employed if so designed as to prevent water from entering
the enclosure. Metals shall not be used in combination such as to cause galvanic action,
which will affect adversely any part of the device.
能防水外壳的结构将排除雨水淋入。 如果设计有防止雨水进入功能的外壳除了可以使用
内部的装配方法外，还将提供
表
关于同志近三年现实表现材料材料类招标技术评分表图表与交易pdf视力表打印pdf用图表说话 pdf
面装配方法。 将不使用金属装配在这组合中以致有触电的行为，这
样不利装置中的任何零件。
8.2 A rainproof GFCI is to be attached to a vertical clapboard surface as in actual service.
If there is provision for conduit connection at points above the lowest insulation or live
part of the GFCI, an unspecified length of conduit is to be attached with the torque
specified in 11.4. The unattached end of the conduit is to be covered to prevent entry of
water during this test. A water spray is to be applied from three nozzles so located as to
direct the spray against all surfaces that would be exposed to a beating rain. The device
is considered to comply with the provisions of 8.1 if there is no entry of water above the
lowest insulation or lives part of the GFCI.
防水的GFCI在实际服务状态附加垂直的隔板表面。如果有规定导管联接上面的尖端最低的绝缘体或
GFCI带电的零件,和附加未指定长度的导管的转矩规定在 11.4 中。 导管的独立末端在测试期间能
防止雨水的进入。用三个喷管从不同方向对准暴露的所有表面喷射。 如果在最低的绝缘体上面或者
GFCI带电的零件没有水入进入认为这个装置满足 8.1 的要求。
8.3 An elastomeric material, employed to obtain compliance with the provisions of 8.1 shall be adequately resistant to deterioration.
将使用能抵抗退化的象胶材料使得满足8.1中的规定。
8.4 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 8.3, a gasket of rubber or neoprene or a composition thereof is to be exposed for 96 hours to oxygen at a gauge 2 ) gauge and a temperature of 70.0 ? 1.0? pressure of 300 ?10 psi ( 2.07?0.07 MN/m
( 158.0 ? 1.8 ?F ). There is to be no visible evidence of deterioration, or change in hardness of more than 5 numbers (0.0005 inch or 0.013mm) .
为了决定具有8.3中的规定,可用一个橡胶垫圈或橡胶水或一个合成物将其放置在70.0 ? 1.0?
的环境,测量压力为300 ?10 psi(磅/平方英尺)进行测试90小时,不会有明显的退化迹象或它的硬
度变化超过0.013mm.
8.5 Except for threaded holes, there shall not be provision for conduit located above any live part or insulation of the GFCI.
除有孔的外,将不规定GFCI的任何带有套管的或绝缘的零件。
8.6 There shall be provision for drainage of the enclosure, provided that holes for this purpose are to be no larger than ? by ? inch (6.4 by 6.4 mm).
外壳有孔的为了达到测试防水的最佳效果，排水规定不得大于由? ?英寸(6.4 6.4毫米)。
8.7 A rainproof enclosure made of sheet steel having a thickness of 0.120 inch (3.05 mm) or more shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following coatings:
防水外壳为3.05mm 或者更厚的钢板制成使其不受侵入将使用以下一个涂层:
a) Hot dipped mill galvanized sheet steel conforming with the coating designation G60
or A60 in Table 1 of the Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or
Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process, ASTM A653/A653M-94,
with not less than 40 percent of the zinc on any side, based on the minimum single
spot teat requirement in this ASTM Specification. The weight of zinc coating may be
determined by any acceptable method; however, in case of question the weight of coating shall be established in accordance with the test method of ASTM A90-81 (1991). An A60 (alloyed) coating shall also comply with 8.10.
热的浸压榨机镀锌电镀张钢为钢张在规格的表 1 中用 涂料指示 G60 或
A60 使一致,锌涂上一层的 (镀锌电镀) 的或锌- 铁合金涂上一层的 (Galvannealed) 的被热-
双式直插式封装程序 , 美国材料试验学会 A653/A653M-94,由于不少于 任何的边上 40% 的
锌,在这件美国材料试验学会规格中基于最小的单一地点奶头需求. 锌涂料的重量可能被任何的
可接受的方法决定;然而,假使涂料的重量符合 美国材料试验学会的测试方法一将被建立的问题
90-81( 1991 ). 一个 A60(使)成合金涂料也将遵从 8.10.
b) A zinc coating, other than that provided on hot dipped mill galvanized sheet
steel, uniformly applied to an average thickness of not less than 0.00041 inch
(0.010mm) on each surface with a minimum thickness of 0.00034 inch (0.009 mm).
The thickness of the coating shall be established by the chromic Acid Dropping
Test, Section 36. An annealed coating shall also comply with 8.10.
锌涂, 除了在热(炎热)沾的工厂上提供的给片钢镀锌了, 不少于 0.00041 英吋
( 0.010毫米 ) 一致地适用于的平均厚度在有 0.00034 英吋最小厚度的每一个表面上
( 0.009 毫米) 。 由铬酸(性物质)下落测验, 部分 36 将建立薄层的厚度。 退火的涂也
将顺从 8.10 。
c) Two coats of an organic finish of the epoxy or alkyd resin type or other outdoors
paint on both surfaces. The suitability of the paint may be determined by
consideration of its composition or by corrosion tests if these are considered
necessary.
在两表面涂上两层环氧树脂或醇酸树脂-树脂类型或其它的户外用油漆。果有
必要的话适当的涂料可能要决定考虑它的成份或者侵入测试。
8.8 A rainproof enclosure made of sheet steel having a thickness of less than 0.120 inch (3.05mm) shall be protected against corrosion be one of the following coatings:
防水外壳为3.05mm 或者更厚的钢板制成使其不受侵入将使用以下一个涂层:
a) Hot dipped mill galvanized sheet steel conforming with the coating Designation
G90 in Table 1 of the Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or
Zinc-lron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process, ASTM
A653/A653M-94, with not less than 40 percent of the zinc on any side, based on
the minimum single spot test requirement in this ASTM Specification. The weight
of zinc coating may be determined by any suitable method; however, in case of
question the weight of coating shall be established in accordance with the test
method of ASTM A90-80 (1991).
b) A zinc coating, other than that provided on hot dipped mill galvanized sheet steel,
uniformly applied to an average thickness of not less than 0.00061 inch (0.015 mm)
on each surface with a minimum thickness of 0.00054 inch (0.014mm). The
thickess of the coating shall be established by the Chromic Acid Dropping Test,
Section 36. An annealed coating shall also comply with 8.10.
c) A cadmium coating not less than 0.001 inch (0.025 mm) thick on both surfaces.
The thickness of coating shall be established by the Chromic Acid Dropping Test,
Section 36.
d) A zinc coating conforming with item a) or b) of 8.7 with one coat of outdoor paint
as specified in item c of 8.7.
镀锌涂层要与8.7中的a)或b)项一致，与8.7中的c)项一层户外油漆的规格一致.
e) A cadmium coating not less than 0.0007 inch (0.019 mm) thick on both surfaces
with one coat of outdoor paint on both surfaces, or not less than 0.00051 inch
(0.013mm) thick on both surfaces with two coats of outdoor paint on both
surfaces. The thickness of the cadmium coating shall be established by the
Chromic Acid Dropping Test, Section 36 and the paint shall be as specified in
item c of 8.7.
一个镉涂料不少于 0.0007 寸 (0.019 公厘) 厚在有两个表面上的户外油漆的一件外套
的两个表面上, 少于 0.00051 寸 (0.013mm) 厚在有两个表面上的户外油漆的二件外
套的两个表面上. 镉涂料的厚度将被含三价的铬酸输液测试，第 36 节和油漆建立将是
如项目 c 所叙述 8.7.
8.9 With reference to 8.7 and 8.8, other finishes, including paints, special metallic
finishes and combinations of the two may be accepted when comparative tests with
galvanized sheet steel (without annealing, wiping, or other surface treatment)
conforming with item a of 8.7 or 8.8, as applicable, indicate they provide equivalent
protection. Among the factors which are taken into consideration when judging the
suitability of such coating systems are exposure to salt spray, moist carbon dioxide
sulphur dioxide-air mixtures, moist hydrogen sulphide-air mixtures, ultraviolet light and
water.
关于 8.7 和 8.8,其它的完成, 包括油漆，特别的金属完成和组合那二可能被接受当比较级由于镀
锌电镀张钢 (没有韧化,擦拭, 或其它的表面治疗) 由于项目使一致测试的时候一 8.7 或 8.8 ，
如可适用，指示他们提供相等的保护. 在被考虑的因素之中当判断如此的涂料系统的适合是暴露
加盐于水沫，潮湿的二氧化碳硫磺二氧化物- 空气混合，潮湿的氢硫化物- 空气混合，紫外线光
和水 .
8.10 A hot dipped mill-galvanized A60 (alloyed) coating or an annealed coating on sheet
steel which is bent or similarly formed or extruded or rolled at edge of holes after
annealing shall additionally be painted in the bent or formed area if the bending or
forming process damages the zinc coating.
张是弯曲或者同样地形成或者挤出或者在洞的边缘滚的钢上一个热的浸压榨机- 镀锌电镀
A60(使)成合金涂料或一个被退火的涂料在韧化将附加的被画之后在那弯曲或形成区域是否那弯
曲或形成程序损害锌涂料.
8.11 If flaking or cracking of the zinc coating at the outside radius of the bent or formed
section is visible at 25power magnification. The zinc coating is considered damaged.
Simple sheared or cut edges and punched holes are not considered to be formed.
是否剥落或在外面的半径锌涂料的裂痕那弯曲或形成区段以 25 力量扩大是看得见的. 锌涂料
被认为被损坏的. 简单的修剪或者减少了边缘并且以拳重击了洞没被考虑被形成.
9 Grounding (接地)
9.1 All accessible parts of a permanently connected GFCI that are likely to become
energized if there should be arc-over, insulation failure, or the like, shall be connected
together and to the terminals intended for the equipment grounding conductor (see 15.1).
The resistance of the circuit is not to exceed 0.1 ohm, and the circuit shall be capable of
withstanding continuously a current of 25 A.
永久连接的GFCI中所有的可接近的零件有带电的可能如果应该有弧- 结束，隔离失败 , 或相似
者, 将被一起连接和到终端机为仪器放在地面上领导者想要(看见 15.1). 线路的抵抗是不要超过
0.1 奥姆,和线路将能够不断地抵抗 25 A的电流.
9.2 In considering the provisions of 9.1, a grounded or insulating barrier may be
employed to reduce the likelihood that accessible parts will become energized.
考虑到9.1的规定，将一个接地或绝缘屏障的放置可减小易接触零件发生导电的可能。
9.3 If provided, the equipment-grounding conductor of a portable or cord-connected
GFCI shall be conductively connected to the grounding contacts of the attachment plug
and of the receptacles, and shall not be connected to accessible conductive parts.
如果在可提式或线连接的 GFCI 的插头和插座仪器放在地面上领导者将传导性的被连接给附着
塞子的放在地面上连络和容器, 而且将不会被连接到可接近的传导性的部份.
10 Frame and Enclosure (外壳结构)
10.1 General 概要
10.1.1 A GFCI shall be so formed and assembled that it can withstand the abuses to
which it might be subjected without affecting spacing, insulation, accessibility of live
parts, performance with high-resistance ground faults, or grounding, to the extent that
the device would fail to comply with these requirements.
GFCI 将是如此的形成和装配以致于它能抵抗它不影响留间隔，隔离，活的部份易接近而可能被
主题的滥用 , 有高抵抗地面过失 , 或放在地面上的表现, 到那范围装置会无法遵从这些需求.
10.1.2 Opening or removal of a door or cover, with or without the use of a separate tool, that
must be opened or removed in order to properly use or install a GFCI shall not increase
the likelihood of accidental injury to any part depended upon for the proper functioning
of the device. The likelihood of such injury will not be considered to have increased if the
part in question has not become accessible. See items a) and b) of 13.2.
打开或一门或掩护的移动,由于或没有分开的工具使用，那一定被打开或移动为了要适当地使用或
安装 GFCI 将不增加被仰赖的对,意外的伤害,任何的部份可能作为适当的装置动作. 是否在
问题中的部份没有变得可接近，如此的受伤可能将不会被考虑有增加. 看见专案一和 b 13.2.
10.1.3 Among the fact ors taken into consideration when the acceptability of enclosure
material is being determined, are (1) physical strength, (2) resistance to moisture
absorption, (3) combustibility, (4) resistance to corrosion, and (5) resistance to distortion
at temperatures to which the enclosure may be subjected under conditions of normal or
abnormal use. For a nonmetallic enclosure, all of these factors are considered with
respect to thermal aging.
在被考虑的因素之中当附件材料的可接受正被决定的时候，实际的力量，对,的抗拒湿气吸收，
燃烧性，对,的抗拒腐蚀和 (5) 对,的抗拒扭曲是 (1) 在温度吗到哪一附件在常态或反常态使
用的情况之下可能被主题. 对于一件非金属的附件，所有的这些因素被考虑有关于热的老化.
10.1.4 An enclosure of sheet metal having the construction indicated in Table 10.1 or 10.2
will generally be considered to have an acceptable level of the factors shown in 10.1.3.
通常将认为有在桌子或者 10.2 10.1 中表明的进行(举行)的金属板的包围有在 10.1.3 中展示
的原素的一个可接受的水平(层次)。
10.1.5 In determining compliance with the provisions of 10.1.1, a permanently connected
GFCI is to be subjected to an externally applied impact of 5 ft-lbs (6.8 J) applied by way
of a solid, smooth, steel sphere 2 inches (50.8 mm) in diameter.
在决定具有满足10.1.1 的要求时, 永久连接的GFCI(是)要易受透过固体, 平滑(顺利), 钢半球 2
英吋 ( 50.8 毫米) 的方法应用的 5 英尺磅 ( 6.8 J ) 的外部应用的冲击(影响)在直径中。
Exception: Receptacle-type GFCI is to be subjected to a 3-ft (0.91 m) drop test onto a concrete floor. The method of doing the test shall be in accordance with the provisions of 10.1.8.
例外: 插座类GFCI要经受一个从3 - 英尺 ( 0.91 M ) 下落到水泥地板的测试。测试的方法将依据
10.1.8 的要求。
10.1.6 The sphere mentioned in 10.1.5 is to be allowed to fall freely from rest through the distance required to cause the specified impact upon the surface under test. For surfaces other than horizontal, the sphere may be suspended by a cord and allowed to fall as a pendulum through the required distance. The GFCI is to be placed against a vertical wall with the surface to be tested in the same vertical place as the as the point of support of the pendulum.
在 10.1.5 中提到的半球(是)要允许从休息(静止)到要求(以)在测验中的表面上产生规定的冲击
(影响)的距离自由地落下。对于不同于其它水平的表面, 可以(可能)由一个软线中断(这)一半球和
允许透过需要的距离作为一个钟摆落下。 地面故障电路中断器 (是)要用作为钟摆支持的点在与
相同的垂直地方测验的表面靠着一面垂直墙放置。
10.1.7 The surfaces mentioned in 10.1.6 are those exposed during normal service, including operating handles, pushbuttons, and the like. Doors that are hinged or sliding or otherwise captive, and covers that cannot be removed without tools, are to be closed. Other doors or covers are to be opened or removed. A sample that has been struck is not required to withstand another blow. However, if more than one blow is applied to a single sample, a failure after the first blow is to be disregarded provided that the same surface withstands a blow on another sample. If a device fails during the first test, the device is considered to have failed.
正常使用期间在10.1.6中提到的外露表面包括操作手柄、按扭和相类似的。要是封闭的铰链或滑
动或其它的约束的门，和不能没有工具掩护离开的盖子。其它门或盖子打开的或离开的。一个敲
击过的样品不需要经受另外的冲击。无论如何，如果一个冲击超过使用于两次抽样样品，假如在
第一次冲击失败，忽略在其它样品同一表面经受冲击。如果一个装置在第一次测试中失败，这个
装置被视为不成攻的。
10.1.8 A cord-connected or portable device is to be allowed to fall from a height of three feet such that a different part will strike a hardwood surface in each of three drops. Doors or covers are to be moved to any position by some means not part of the GFCI.
一个线连接或手提式装置允许不同面各3次落下打击一个硬木表面从一个3英尺的高度。用一
些方法使门或外壳的任何位置与GFCI不分开。
10.1.9 The hardwood surface mentioned in 10.1.8 is to consist of a layer of nominal 1-inch tongue-and-groove oak flooring mounted on two layers of ?-inch (19 mm) plywood. The surface is to be a square 4 ft (1.2 m) on a side. The assembly is to rest on a concrete floor or the equivalent.
在10.1.8 中提到的硬木表面是由一层1英尺有微小舌状和凹槽的橡胶地板裱上两层19mm夹板
组成。这表面为一个边为4英尺的正方形。这集合板被放置在室内地板上或同类的。
10.1.10 The maximum acceptable moment, center of gravity, dimensions, and weight of a direct plug-in unit shall comply with the requirements specified in items a, b, c and d. See Figure 10.1 and 10.1.11 and 10.1.12.
一个插头直输入的装置最大可接受的扭力力矩、落地重心、尺寸和重量将参照 a 、 b 、 c和
d, 看图10.1 和10.1.11和10.1.12。
a) The quotient of WY/Z shall not exceed 48 ounces (1361g).
b) The quotient of WY/S shall not exceed 48 ounces (1361g).
c) The product of WX shall not exceed 80 ounces-inches (0.56 Nm).
d) The weight of a unit shall not exceed 28 ounces (794g)
10.1.11 Definition for the symbols used in 10.1.10 is as follows
如下是10.1.10中的公式字母定义
W is the weight of the unit in ounces (g).
W是表示重量单位是盎司(或g).
Y is the distance illustrated in Figure 10.1 in inches (mm).
Y是表示距离如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(或mm).
Z is the lesser of the two distances, Z1 or Z2, as illustrated in Figure 10.1, in inches
(mm).
Z是表示两个较小的尺寸Z1或Z2，如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(mm).
S is the lesser of the two distances, S1 or S2, as illustrated in Figure 10.1, in inches
(mm).
S是表示两个较小的尺寸S1或S2，如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(mm).
X is the greater of the two distances, Z1 or Z2, as illustrated in Figure 10.1, in inches
(mm)
X是表示包括两个尺寸X1或X22，如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(mm).
10.1.12 The moment and weight specified in 10.1.10 are to be determined as follows:
在10.1.10中的扭力力矩和重量规定如下:
a) For units with an output cord, the cord is to be cut off at the enclosure, or at the
strain relief means if the strain relief means is outside the enclosure.
为单位(单元)有一个输出(产量)软线, 软线(是)要在包围切断, 或者以紧张缓解意味着紧张缓解是
否意思是在包围外面。
b) For units with integrally mounted accessories or optional components, the values
are to be measured with the accessories or components in place.
为有完整安装的附属品或者可任意选择的部分的单位(单元), (价)值(是)要在地方用(这些)附属品
或者部分测量。
适合于装置的整体安装附件或可选择的组件
10.1.13 when inserted in a parallel-bladed duplex receptacle, any part of a unit, including
output wiring, shall not interfere with full insertion of an attachment plug into the
adjacent receptacle. See Figure 10.2.
当插入一个平行刀片的双工插孔时,任何一套部件, 包括输出联机, 将不妨碍到邻近插孔里一
个配属插头的完全插入。 看见 外形 10.2 .
Exception: A unit that renders the adjacent receptacle completely unusable in any one mounting position is acceptable.
例外: 在任何一个安装位置中使这个邻近插孔完全变得不有用的单位(单元)可接受的。
10.2 Polymeric enclosures
10.2.1 A polymeric enclosure, or a polymeric part of an enclosure, shall comply with the
applicable requirements for enclosures as specified in the Standard for Polymeric
Materials – Use in Electrical Equipment Evaluations, UL 746C.
聚合物外壳或者外壳的一个聚合物零件, 将满足UL746C标准中聚合物材料 - 用于用电设备鉴
定中规定的外壳的可适用要求。
Exception: For a direct plug-in GFCI, the crushing test shall be conducted in accordance with 71 of the Standard for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, UL498.
例外: 对于直接插头输入的GFCI, 将依据UL498标准的 71对于连接插头和插座实施决定性测试。
10.2.2 An adhesive used in the assembly of a GFCI shall comply with the applicable
requirements for adhesives as specified in the Standard for Polymeric Materials – Use in
Electrical Equipment Evaluations, UL 746C.
使用粘合剂组装的GFCI，粘合剂的规格将参照UL746C标准可适用的要求，集合体原料 – 使
用于电气设备的鉴定。
Exception: Methods utilizing fusion techniques, such as solvent cementing, ultrasonic welding, electromagnetic induction, and thermal welding need not be investigated. 例外:象溶剂粘合、超声波焊接、电磁感应和热焊接利用熔接技朮的方法必须不审查。
11 Provision for Wiring Systems ( 配线体制规定 )
11.1 There shall be provision at a permanently connected GFCI for attachment of
raceway or cable in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70
在这里将规定永久连接GFCI的附加线槽或电缆符合国家电气法规 ANSI/NFPA。
11.2 A knockout in a sheet-metal enclosure shall be secure but shall be capable of
being removed without significant deformation of the enclosure, or dislocating larger
sizes of a multiple knockout. A knockout likely to be used during installation shall be
surrounded by a flat surface for effective seating of a conduit bushing and shall be so
located that installation of a bushing will not result in spacings smaller than those
allowed in these requirements.
在金属外壳上敲击外壳必须牢固可靠,但要可以移动,且外壳不能有明显地变形或从复敲击呎
寸不能移位成更大。在一个敲击安装过程中必须由一平面包围住,以利绝缘套套管有效定位,如此
定位的绝缘套套管就不会导致空间比要求的更小。
11.3 A hole tapped for the attachment of threaded rigid conduit shall be so constructed
as to permit:
a) The attachment of a conduit bushing, or there is to be a smooth, well-rounded
passage for wires equivalent to that presented by a bushing, and
安装有绝缘套的导管或是平滑通过相同饱满的电线当前的外套。
b) For raintight equipment, the application of tightening torque as specified in 11.4.
防水装置运用的紧固力矩与11.4的说明一样。
11.4 The torque mentioned in 8.2 and 11.3 is to be applied to the conduit in such a
manner as to prevent the application of a bending movement to the assembly. The value
of torque is to be 800 lbf-in (90 N.m) for?-inch (19-mm) and smaller trade sizes of conduit,
1000 lbf-in (113 N.m) for sizes larger than ? inch (19 mm) up to 1-1/2 inches (38mm), and
1600 lbf-in (181 N.m) for sizes larger than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).
8.2 和 11.3 中提到的紧固力矩是适用对防止此类导管组装时的弯曲变形。转矩紧固
力矩的值是 800 lbf-in ( 90 N.m ) 为小于等于3/4 英吋 ( 19 - 毫米) 的商业导管, 1000
lbf-in ( 113 N.m ) 大于3/4英吋 ( 19 毫米) 小于1 - 1 / 2 英吋 ( 38毫米 ) , 和 1600
lbf-in ( 181 N.m ) 为比 1 - 1 / 2 英吋 ( 38 毫米) 更大尺寸。
12 Connections (连接)
12.1 Except as described in 12.2 and 11.3, a portable cord-connected GFCI provided
with an equipment grounding conductor shall have double insulation or reinforced
insulation throughout its construction, or if not provided with an equipment grounding
conductor shall have double insulation or reinforced insulation on the line side of the
device.
除了如在 12.2 和 11.3 中描述以外,便携式线连接的GFCI若有导线接地装置将有双重绝缘或者
加强绝缘在它的结构上, 或者如果没提供导线接地装置将有在装置的线路端有双重绝缘或者加强
绝缘。
12.2 Functional insulation alone is acceptable in a portable or cord-connected
device where, in the event that the functional insulation should fail, there would be no
shock hazard at the GFCI.
符合便携式或者软线连接装置的单独的功能绝缘,在功能绝缘失败时, 在GFCI上没有电击的危
险。
12.3 In performing the evaluating described in 12.2 at a manual switch in the
supervisory circuit (described in 20.1), the device need not trip if the value of current
available in the event that the functional insulation of the switch should fail would not
exceed the value of current employed by the supervisory circuit.
在进行12.2中描述的评测时在控制回路中有一个手动开关(在 20.1 中描述), 如果在开关的功能
绝缘失败时可用到的电流值不超过控制电路使用的电流的值, 装置不必跳闸。
12.4 The equivalent of functional insulation shall be interposed between the grounding
conductor of the power-supply cord and accessible parts of a cord-connected GFCI. If
such insulation is inherent in a receptacle:
在电源线的接地导线和电线连接的GFCI的易接近的一些零件之间将提供相等功能绝缘。 如
果此类绝缘体是在插座中固有:
a) There shall be instructions visible when the receptacle is being removed for
replacement to replace the receptacle with only an identical replacement, and how to
obtain the replacement, and
当把这个插孔为代替移到用仅仅相同代替代替这个插孔时将有命令(指导)可见, 并且如何获
得代替, 和。
b) It shall not be possible to use a standard grounding-type receptacle as a replacement
without first performing a drilling or cutting operation.
没有首先完成钻或者切(挖)的操作把一个标准的基础类型插孔用作代替, 这不可能。
12.5 The dielectric of a capacitor is not acceptable as supplementary insulation.
一个电容器的电解质作为辅助绝缘体不可接受的。
12.6 Except where specifically acceptable for the purpose, the jacket of the
power-supply cord of the GFCI is not considered to provide insulation. See 16.5.
除了对于那些被认为有特殊用途的以外, 没认为GFCI的电源线的外皮不考虑提供绝
缘。 看见 16.5 .
13 Accessibility of Energized parts (易接触的带电零件)
13.1 Parts of a GFCI shall not accessible when they are energized.
GFCI的零件当它们是通电的零件时将不易接触。
13.2 In determining compliance with the provisions of 13.1:
在决定具有13.1的规定:
a) Except at a contact of an attachment-plug receptacle, a part is considered to be
accessible if it can be rod with a 3/32-inch (2.4 mm) diameter rod.
除了在连接插头插座的接触以外, 如果它能有3/32英吋( 2.4 mm )直径棒认为是易接近的
零件。
b) A permanently connected device is to be mounted as intended.
永久连接的装置要与预定的安装一致。
c) A door or cover that can be opened or removed without the use of a separate tool
is to be open or removed, and
门或者盖子(是)要是公开(开着)的能够没有分离的工具的使用(用处)开或者移走或者移走
了, 和。
d) A door or cover that must be opened or removed in order to use a GFCI is to be
opened or removed.
e) Material that is not acceptable as insulation is considered to be conductive.
13.3 Access to the trip mechanism and electronics of a portable GFCI, not intended to be
repaired, shall not be attainable with ordinary tools. Access shall be limited by use of
tamper-resistant screws, rivets, welding or other equivalent means.
手提式GFCI所使用的跳闸机构和电子线路不预期的修理使用普通的工具将不可做
到。将使用具有抗干扰的螺丝, 铆钉, 焊接或者其它的相当方法用来限制。
14 Internal Wiring (内部配线)
14.1 The gauge and insulation of wires shall withstand the mechanical and electrical
stresses of service. Particular consideration should be given to the effect of vibration
and user servicing where wire smaller than No. 24AWG is employed.
电线的规格和绝缘体将承受服务的机械和电的应力。 在联机得比使用 24AWG 的更小那里
应该对振动和用户服务的影响给出特定考虑。
14.2 In a cord-connected GFCI, at a wire termination or splice there shall be at least one
independent means provided which alone could prevent the conductor from becoming
free to bridge supplementary insulation in the event that the wire should break at the
termination or splice. A wire-binding screw or nut shall be suitably prevented from
loosening such as with a spring-type lockwasher or equivalent, if such loosening could
allow the attached conductor to become free to bridge supplementary or reinforced
insulation.
在线连接GFCI中, 在线的末端或接合处至少有一个单独的方法能防止线末端或接合处破裂
导至不受控制地缩短辅助绝缘的距离的结果。 电线紧固的螺丝或者螺母适当地防止如同用一个
弹簧型锁紧垫圈或相类似的松开, 如果这样的松开能允许附属的导体变成不受控制的缩短辅助或
加强绝缘的距离。
14.3 Electrical spliced, terminations, and the like shall provide effective, continuous
conductivity.
14.4 In determining compliance of a clamped splice or termination with the provisions of
14.3, consideration is to be given to the likelihood of permanent deformation under
mechanical load (creep).
在决定满足14.3中规定的螺丝接合或末端处,考虑在机械负载下可能的永久变形。
15 Field Wiring
15.1 A GFCI intended for permanent connection to the branch circuit shall be provided
with means for the connection of wire having a capacity in accordance with the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, and, at least two equipment-grounding terminals. See
9.1.
GFCI打算永久连接的分支回路连接线的所有容量的规定方法是依照国家电气法规
ANSI/NFPA70，至少有两个设备接地接头。见9.1。
15.2 In a permanently connected GFCI, either:
a) Acceptable barriers shall be employed to separate load-circuit conductors and
terminals from terminals and conductors of any other circuit, or
可接受的阻碍将是使用分离负开回路导体和末端从末端和导体任何其它回路。
b) All such parts shall be insulated for the maximum voltage of either circuit.
任一电路的最大电压都将与所有此类零件绝缘。
15.3 Lead-type terminals shall no differ by more than two wire sizes from the size referred
to in 15.1, providing that wire smaller in cross-section than No. 14AWG shall not be used.
导线类接线端子根据在 15.1 中提到的尺寸超过两个没有不同的电线尺寸, 规定将不使用比
14AWG小的横截面电线。
15.4 The insulation of lead-type terminals shall be for the intended purpose, such as
0.030-inch (0.76-mm) thick minimum rubber or thermoplastic material.
导线类接线端子打算的绝缘目标，例如用最小厚度为0.030英寸(0.76mm)的橡胶制品或热热塑
性塑料材料。
15.5 A lead-type terminal shall be so constructed as to withstand the stress of normal
handling without damage to the GFCI.
导线类接线端子的结构将经受的了正常搬运的压力同时不损坏GFCI。
15.6 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 15.5, each terminal lead is to
withstand a tensile force increased gradually to 20 lbf (89 N), and maintained at that
value for five minutes.
为了决定具有满足15.5中的规定, 各个线连接端子要经受的了逐渐增进到 20磅( 89N )的拉伸力,
和保持这个值5分钟。
15.7 green coloring with or without one or more yellow stripes and white or natural grey
coloring shall not be used for the covering of a terminal lead unless intended for
connection to grounding and grounded conductors respectively. See also 39.2.6.
15.8 The free length of a terminal lead shall be at least 6 inches (152 mm).
不受控制的导线接线端的长度最小是6英寸(152mm).
15.9 A terminal connector shall be prevented from moving so as to strain factory
connections or reduce spacings to unacceptable values. Friction alone is not to be
depended upon to prevent such movement.
末端连接插头将阴止制造时连接拉伸的移位或减少到不可接受的间距值。不能用单独的摩擦
来防止这样的运动。
15.10 At a terminal that is not considered to be a pressure terminal connector, it shall not be
necessary to assemble or adjust parts other than loosening or tightening a screw, bolt,
or nut.
15.11 A terminal connector of the wire-binding type may be used to terminate conductors 2) no larger than No. 10 AWG (5.3 mm2线紧固类末端连接插头可能通常使用不大于10AWG( 5.3 mm )的终止导体。
15.12 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 15.10, a wire-binding screw or nut is to be tightened on a conductor selected in accordance with the provisions of 15.1 to a torque of 20 lbf-in (2.3 N.m) without causing displacement of the wire or damage to the terminal assembly or the wire. Except where the configuration of the terminal assembly does not permit it, or markings allow the use of unformed wire, the wire is to be formed into a ? loop that will just be accommodated by the assembly, before tightening. 为了决定具有满足15.10中的规定, 电线紧固螺丝或者螺母锁紧在选择的导体上的扭力要与15.10
中规定20磅扭力一致并没有导致电线移位或损伤到装配接线端或电线。 除了哪里以外终端集合的
架构不允许它(这), 或者 markings 允许不成形电线的使用(用处), 电线(是)要到里形成吗? 环(回
路), 由集合将刚刚(仅仅)适应(容纳), 在绷紧前。
16 Power Supply Cord (电源线)
16.1 A cord-connected GFCI shall be provided with not less than 6 ft (1.83 m) of flexible
cord and an attachment plug for connection to the supply circuit. The rating of the
attachment plug is to be equal to the rating of the GFCI.
线连接GFCI将安装有不少于6英尺的电线和连接供电回路的连接插头。连接插头的额定值
要等于 GFCI的额定值。
Exception: A GFCI may be provided with less than 6 ft of permanently attached flexible
cord or with a motor-attachment plug if the GFCI is marked as indicated in 38.3.3.
例外: 如果GFCI的商标标明38.3.3的要求GFCI可以装配小于 6 英尺的长期配属的电线或者
与一个活动安装插头。
16.2 The flexible cord shall be of Type S、ST、SO、STO、SJ、SJT、SJO、or SJTO.
电线将是S、ST、SO、STO、SJ、SJT、SJO、或SJTO类.
16.3 Strain on the power-supply cord that may occur by way of pulling, twisting, or pushing
into the GFCI housing shall not be transmitted to cord-conductor terminations.
在电源在线有拉伤也许的拉伸, 弯曲, 或者挤压进入GFCI外套将不传给电线导体端子。
16.4 In order to determine that the strain of pulling on the supply cord will not be
transmitted to the cord terminations as provided in 16.3, a tensile force is to be applied
to the cord and increased gradually to 35 lbf (156 N). The force is to be maintained at 35
lbf (156 N) for one minute.
为了判定电源线拉伸的扭伤时与16.3中的规定一样不传送到电线的末端，对电线应用一个
拉伸力和逐渐增加到 35磅( 156N ) 。 35 磅的拉伸力( 156N ) 保持一分钟。
16.5 A clamp or similar device of conductive material applied to the power-supply cord shall
have supplementary insulation interposed between the cord and the clamping device or
shall not be accessible.
为用于电源线的紧固铁夹或类似的装置的传导材料提供辅助绝缘在电线和紧固装置之间或是不
可接近。
16.6 A surface of a GFCI against which a flexible cord is likely to bear shall be smooth and
well rounded.
一个灵活软线对熊是很可能的GFCI的一个表面将是平滑和面面俱到的。
16.7 Unless protection is provided in a GFCI to prevent overloading of the supply-cord
conductors, the current rating of the supply cord shall not be less than the current rating
of the attachment plug on the supply cord.
除非保护防止在GFCI提供电线导体的过载,供给电线的额定电流不比供电线上连接插头的额定
电流小。
16.8 The points within the GFCI intended for the termination of power-supply-cord
conductors shall be plainly identified to show the proper connection of the conductors
of a replacement cord, and to indicate that the grounding conductor shall not be
connected to accessible metal parts of the unit. This marking is to be discernible only
after access is obtained to the terminations, except that if there is safe, convent
provision for cord replacement, reference to such replacement may be discernible from
outside the GFCI also.
这 points 不超过 这 地面故障电路中断器 打算中的 为了 这 结束 的 权-提供-细绳
conductors 将 铍 清楚地 identified 向 显示 这 适合的 连接 的 这 conductors 的 一
取代 细绳, 和 向 指示 那 这 搁浅 领导者 将 不 铍 连贯的 向 可接近的 金属 parts 的 这
单位. 这 做记号 艾赛亚 向 铍 可识别的 唯一的 以后 接近 艾赛亚 obtained 向 这
terminations, 除了 那 如果 在那里 艾赛亚 安全的, 修女团 供应 为了 细绳 取代, 提及 向
这样的 取代 可能 铍 可识别的 从 外面 这 地面故障电路中断器 也 .
16.9 The attachment plug of a GFCI shall be a molded-on type or shall have the
cord-conductor terminations sealed, or shall be provided with other means to prevent
accidental contact between the grounding conductor and either or both of the power
conductors, within the attachment plug.
GFCI的连接插头将是成型的或者(这些)软线导体终止将- 在类型方面密封, 或者将提供其它
方法(工具)(以)在权力(动力)导体的基础导体和两者或其中之一之间防止偶然接触, 在配属插头之
内。
16.10 A portable ungrounded GFCI shall be provided with a polarized attachment plug cap.
将携带型没有接地线的GFCI提供连接插头两极区分的外套。
16.11 If a 3-wire grounding-type attachment plug or a 2-wire polarized attachment plug is
provided, the attachment plug connections shall comply with Figure 16.1, and the
polarity identification of the flexible cord shall comply with Table 16.1.
如果是3线接地类连接插头或者是2线的两极区分连接插头,这些连接插头的联机将参照图
16.1,并且电线的两极识别将参照表 16.1。
17 Receptacle (插座)
17.1 A receptacle of a GFCI shall be of the grounding type with the grounding terminal
conductively connected to the grounding conductor of the power-supply cord.
插座式GFCI将具有接地类端子传导连接到电源线的接地导线。
Exception: A portable GFCI that is not provided with an equipment ground shall not
be provided with a receptacle or cord connector of the grounding type, but shall be
provided with a polarized receptacle or cord connector.
例外: 没有提供拉地装备的携带型GFCI将不提供接地类的插孔或者软线的连接器, 但是, 将
提供一个两极分化的插孔或者电线的连接器。
17.2 The ampere rating of the receptacle of a GFCI that has only a single receptacle shall be
equal to the rating of the attachment plug of the supply cord.
只有一个单插座的GFCI的插座的安培将等于供给电线连接插头的额定功率。
17.3 The rating of any receptacle not having individual overcurrent protection, provided on
a GFCI having more than one receptacle, shall be one of those shown in Table 17.1.
没有单独过流保护的任何额定功率插座, 比一个多插孔的GFCI提供, 将是表17.1 中注明的那
些值。
17.4 The face of a two-conductor ungrounded receptacle or cord connector shall obstruct
the insertion of a 2-pole 3-wire grounding type attachment plug cap.
两导体不接地表面插座或线插头将阻止插入一个2-pole 3 wire 接地类连接插头。
18 Spacings (间距)
18.1 Except at field-wiring terminals, the through-air and over-surface spacings between
conductive parts shall not be less than the values shown in Table 18.1.
除了在现场布线端子外,可导电零件之间的气隙和未接触表面的空间不可低于如表18.1所显示
的数值。
18.2 The spacing shall not be less than ? inch (6.4 mm) between field-wiring terminals
not operating at the same potential for devices rated up to 200 v peak, and 3/8 inch (9.5
mm) for devices rated up to 400 v peak.
当接线端子未对产品操作同样的高达200V的额定电压时间距不得少于1/4英寸(6.4mm),400V
时不得少于3/8英寸(9.5mm)。
18.3 Except as permitted in note c to Table 18.1, if a groove or a slot in insulating
material is less than 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) wide, the contour of the slot or groove is to be
disregarded in measuring spacings over the surface.
除了如同表 18.1中c在注释中允许以外, 如果隔离材料中的槽或者细孔宽小于1/64 英吋
( 0.4mm), 槽或者细孔忽视在表面上测量间距。
18.4 Spacings measured along the boundary of insulating materials that have been
joined together are. Considered to be spacings over surface unless it can be shown
that the dielectric strength of the boundary is not less than that of any of the materials
joined.
沿着隔离已经连接起来的材料的边界测量的间距。认为除非它能够显示边界的绝缘强度不
少于任何材料的那个连接的在表面上是间距。
18.5 In determining compliance with the provisions of 18.1 or 18.2, parts not locked in
position, parts subject to random orientation (such as noncircular heads of screws),
adjustable parts of terminal connectors, and the like are to be moved to the most
adverse position.
在决定具有 18.1 或者 18.2 供应的屈从时, 部分没把位置, 易受随机方向 (例如螺丝的非环
形头) 的部分, 终端连接器的可调整一些部分, 关在门内等等(是)要移动到最相反的位置。
18.6 In determining spacings through openings in a housing of insulating material, metal
foil may be used to bridge the opening but is not to be pressed into the opening.
在隔离材料的房子中透过 设立 决定间距时, 可以用金属足迹来弥合这个开口但是不要压公开
化。
18.7 Film-coated magnet wire is considered to be uninsulated in determining.
在电线上涂上一层薄薄的磁体被认是非绝缘的检定 。
18A Alternate Spacings –Clearances and Creepage Distances
18A.1 When applying requirements in Alternate Spacings – Clearances and Creepage
Distances, Section 18A, as an alternative to the measurement method specified in
Spacings, Section 18, for functional insulation, the minimum acceptable clearance
(through air spacings) and creepage distances (over surface spacings) for a printed
wiring board assembly shall be evaluated as specified in 18A.2 – 18A.4 using the
applicable requirements in the Standard for Insulation Coordination Including
Clearances and Creepage Distances for Electrical Equipment, UL 840.
18A.2 when applying the requirements in the Standard for Insulation Coordination
Including Clearances a nd Creepage Distances for Electrical Equipment, UL 840, the
environment for a printed wiring board assembly within a GFCI is considered to be:
a) Pollution degree 3 for an assembly without a conformal coating, or
b) Pollution degree 2 for
i) An assembly with a conformal coating,
ii) An assembly without a conformal coating when the printed wiring board is
contained in a sealed housing that complies with the Dust Test, Section 37 or
一个组合件没有表面涂料层当印刷电路板包含一个密封的外套时将满足37节的防尘
测试。
c) Pollution degree 1 for an assembly with a conformal coating complying with the
Printed Wiring Board Coating Performance Test in UL 840.
污染程度1为一个组合件有一层表面涂料满足UL840中的印刷电路板表面涂层性能测试。
18A.3 When applying Clearance B (controlled overvoltage) construction requirements
from the Standard for Insulation Coordination Including Clearances and Creepage
Distances for Electrical Equipment UL 840, the applicable overvoltage category for line
voltage circuits is Category ? for permanently connected GFCIs and Category ? for
portable and cord connected GFCIs. Category ?is applicable to low-voltage ciruits if a
short ciruit between the parts involved results in operation of the controlled equipment
which increases the risk of fire, the risk of electric sock, or both. Any overvoltage
protection device needed to achieve these categores shall be provided as an integral
part of the GFCI.
19 Operating Mechanism (传动机制)
19.1 Compliance with the provisions of 24.1.1-24.1.4 shall not be prevented by manipulation
or restraint of accessible control levers, knobs, and the like of a GFCI. To verify
compliance of 19.1, see Operating Mechanism Test, Section 37E.
一个GFCI满足24.1.1-24.1.4的要求，将不防碍操作或控制易控制的杆、按钮和其它
相似的。
19.2 A GFCI that has tripped in accordance with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4 shall
not be capable of automatic reclosure.
依据 24.1.1 - 24.1.4 的要求跳闸的GFCI不能够自动再次闭合。
19.3 If a permanently connected GFCI trips because of a loss of power on the line side,
it shall be capable of automatic reclosure.
如果永久连接GFCI因为电线的侧边失去电源跳闸，它将能够自动再次闭合。
19.4 In a permanently connected GFCI that cannot trip without power from the line, the
grounded circuit conductor shall be electrically continuous during normal operation of
the device.
电线没有电源在永久连接GFCI里不能跳闸，这接地回路导线将是装置在正常运行期间
连续用电。
19.5 A 120/240 V GFCI shall function to provide protection with one or both ungrounded line
terminals energized.
120/ 240V GFCI 将起作用为保护提供一个或者两个不接地的线端子供电。
19.6 Deleted September 27, 2002
20 Supervisory Circuit (控制回路)
20.1 A GFCI shall be provided with a supervisory circuit that will allow for periodic,
convenient testing of the ability of the device to trip by way of a ground fault.
GFCI将提供一个控制回路考虑到装置能力的周期性的, 方便测试通过一个错误接地故
障的方法执行。
20.2 If it is necessary to employ a separate tool in order to operate the supervisory circuit,
operation is considered not to be convenient within the intent of these requirements.
20.3 The supervisory circuit shall be connected to the grounded supply-circuit conductor
and the ungrounded load-circuit conductor.
控制回路将连接到接地控制回路和不接地负载控制回路。
20.4 The results of the test shall be made known by means of an audible or visible
indication.
20.5 The current employed by the supervisory circuit shall be sufficient to cause tripping at
85 percent of rated voltage, provided that at rated voltage the current shall not exceed 9
m A in a Class A device and 32m A in a Class B device.
PERFORMANCE(性能)
21 General(概要)
21.1 A sample that has been struck as described in 10.1.5 or 10.1.8 and conditioned as
described in 22.7 shall at any convenient time after removal from the conditioning
atmosphere, and in the following order, comply with the provisions of these
requirements for voltage surge, high-resistance ground faults and dielectric voltage
withstand tests.
在 10.1.5 或者 10.1.8 中已经感到描述和在 22.7 中如同在条件大气(气氛), 和以下
面的次序(订单,命令), 的撤除以后任何方便(合适)时间描述那样条件的样品将顺从电压冲击波,
高阻力地面错误和电解质的电压这些需要的供应顶住测验。
21.2 Except as noted in 21.1, a separate, unconditioned representative GFCI shall be
subjected to each of the following tests.
除了如同在 21.1中的外 , 单独的、无条件的典型GFCI将经受以下各项测试。
Exception: The same representative device may be used for more than one test if
agreeable-to all concerned.
例外:相同的典型装置如果适合所有相关的可能使用超过一个的测试。
22 Leakage Current Test (漏电电流测试)
22.1 The leakage current of a GFCI, when tested in accordance with 22.2 – 22.7, shall be no
more than 0.5 m A.
GFCI的漏电电流当测试与22.2 – 22.7一致时将只是0.5m A .
22.2 All accessible parts of a GFCI are to be tested for leakage currents. The accessible
parts are to be tested individually, collectively, and from one part to another.
GFCI所有易接触的零件都测试漏电电流。这易接触的零件测试单个的、全部的和任意
一个对另外的一个。
22.3 If a conductive surface other than metal is used for the enclosure or parts of the
enclosure, the leakage current is to be measured using metal foil with an area of 10 by 20
cm in contact with the surface. Where the surface is less than 10 by 20 cm, the metal foil
is to be the same size as the surface. The metal foil is not to be pressed into openings
and is not to remain in place long enough to affect the temperature of the sample.
如果把除了金属以外的一个传导表面用作外壳或者一些零件外壳, 漏电电流的测量使用
金属箔与接触表面有一个10~20cm的范围。在这里表面小于10~20cm，金属箔与表面尺寸相同。
22.4 The measurement circuit for leakage current of a cord-connected device is to be as
shown in Figure 22.1. The measurement instrument is defined in items a – d of this
paragraph. The meter that is actually used for a measurement need only indicate the
same numerical value for a measurement as would the defined instrument. The meter
used need not have all the attributes of the defined instrument.
对于一个电线连接装置的漏电电流测量电路与图22.1所表示。测量仪器要求于本节的
a-b项。实际上用作测量的资料为测量要求仅仅与这个要求的设备显示相同的数值。
a) The meter is to have an input impedance of 1500 ohms resistive shunted by
a capacitance of 0.15u F.
电表是由一个1500ohms的输入电阻与一个0.15uF的电容并联的份流器。
b) The meter is to indicate 1.11 times the average of the full-wave rectified
composite waveform of voltage across the resistance or current through
the resistance.
全波整流复合波形的电压加在电阻上或电流通过电阻电表的平均显示值为1.11次。
c) Over a frequency range of 0 – 100kHz, the measurement circuitry is to have
a frequency response (ratio of indicated to actual value of current) that is
equal to the ratio of the impedance of a 1500-ohm resistance, shunted by a
0.15-u F capacitance, to 1500 ohms. At an indication of 0.5 m A, the
measurement is to have an error of not more than five percent at any
frequency within the range of 0 – 100kHz.
在0 – 100kHz的高频范围内，测量电路有一个频率响应相当用一个1500ohms的电阻
与一个0.15uF的电容并联构成一个1500ohms的阻抗比率。在显示为0.5mA，在0 –
100kHz范围内的任何一个频率误差不得超过5%。
d) Unless the meter is being used to measure leakage from one part of the
sample to another, the meter is to be connected between the accessible
parts and the ground supply conductor.
除电表在使用时自生的测量漏电来自样品的一个零件到其它的,电表是连接在
易接近零件和接地供给电体之间。
22.5 A permanently connected GFCI is to be connected to the supply by way of the terminals of the device, and tested in the same manner as a cord-connected device except that switches S1 and S2 are not to be employed.
永久连接的GFCI通过接线端子供给连接的装置, 除了不使用开关S1和S2外与线连接
的装置的测试方式相同。
22.6 A sample of the GFCI is to be tested for leakage current after the conditioning described in 22.7. If removed from the humidity chamber, the testing is to start within one minute after its removal. The grounding conductor of a cord-connected unit is to be open at the supply receptacle and the grounding conductor of a permanently connected unit is not to be used. The supply voltage is to be adjusted to 110 percent of the rated voltage. The test sequence, with reference to the measuring circuit in Figure 22.1, is as follows:
GFCI样品要在 22.7中描述的条件以后测试漏电流。 如果要从这个湿度空间移开,在它移
开以后一分钟之内开始测试。不使用线连接装置的接地导体在供给插座是打开的和永久连接装置
的接地导体。供给电压调整到额定电压的百分之 110 。 按照图22.1提供的测量电路依次测试 如
下项目:
a) With switch S1 open, the sample is to be connected to the measurement
circuit. The leakage current is to be measured using both positions of switch
S2 and with the sample switching devices in all their positions.
开关S1 打开， 样品被连接到测量电路。漏电电流的测量是利用开关S2和样
品开关装置所有的点两个位置之间。
b) Switch S1 is then to be closed, energizing the sample, and within a period
of five seconds, the leakage current is to be measured using both positions
of switch S2 and with the control settings varied throughout the operating
range.
当开关S1 关闭时，和在5秒钟内给样品供电，漏电电流的测量是利用开关S2
和控制装置不同处的操作行。
c) Leakage current is to be monitored at intervals necessary to determine
the maximum leakage current, with additional measurements being taken
until such time as thermal equilibrium is attained. Both positions of switch S2
are to be used in determining this measurement.
漏电电流的监测间距必需确定最大漏电电流渗漏电(潮)流(是)要监控决定最大渗
漏电(潮)流(所)必需的每隔一段间隔, 附加测量拿直到达到(得到)热平衡的时间。 开
关情报参谋的两个位置都(是)要用于决定这个测量。
22.7 The conditioning mentioned in 22.6 and 21.1 is exposure to air at a relative humidity of 93?2 percent at a temperature of 32.0 ?2.0? (89.6 ?3.6 ?F). The GFCI is to be exposed
to ambient air at a temperature of at least 30? (86 ?F) until thermal equilibrium is
attained before placed in the test chamber. A rainproof device is to be kept in the chamber for 168 hours. Other devices are to be kept in the chamber for 48 hours.
在22.6和21.1中提到的测试条件要求是陈列在相对湿度为93?2%、温度为32.0 ?
2.0? (89.6 ?3.6 ?F)的空间。将GFCI陈列在最小为30? (86 ?F) 的试验室里直到热量平衡。
防水装置陈放在试验室内168小时，其它装置陈放在试验室内48小时。
23 Voltage Surge Test (涌浪电压测试)
23.1 General
23.1.1 The line side terminals of the Line-Neutral and Line-Line terminals that are protected
by the representative GFCI shall be subjected to the following surge tests: Unwanted
Tripping Test, Section 23.2, the Surge Immunity Test, Section 23.3, the Surge Current
Test, Section 33A, and the Abnormal Overvoltage test, Section 33B.
被一个典型的GFCI所保护的L-N和L-L末端的次边L末端主要接受以下涌浪测试:不
需要的跳闸测试(23.2节)，涌浪防疫测试(23.3节)，涌浪电流测试(33A节)，不正常关闭电压测
试(33B节)。
23.1.2 The GFCI is to be connected to a supply of rated voltage. The grounding lead or
terminal of the GFCI (if provided) is to be connected to the supply conductor serving as
the neutral. The GFCI is to be in the ―on‖ condition with no load connected. GFCI’s that
are intended only for use in enclosures shall be tested in their intended enclosure for the
tests referenced in 23.1.1. The enclosure shall be representative of the worst-case
situation for the tests.
GFCI是要连接一个额定电压的供应。GFCI的接地导线或者端子(如果提供)是要充当连
接零线的供给导线服务。GFCI要是在" on" 的条件中是没有连接负载。仅仅用于GFCI的外壳
对于在 23.1.1 中提到的测试将在他们打算的外壳。这外壳将是典型的最坏情况测试。
23.2 Unwanted tripping test (ring wave)
23.2.1 one representative GFCI shall not trip after being subjected to ten random
applications of three controlled applications of a 3kV surge applied at 60 second
intervals. When three controlled applications are employed, one application is to be
essentially at zero of the supply voltage wave, one at the positive peak, and one at the
negative peak.
一个典型的GFCI不在易受在 60秒间隔应用的 3千伏特 冲击波三个控制的应(运)用
的十个随机应(运)用以后将旅行。 当使用三个控制的应(运)用时, 一个应(运)用(是)要在这个确定
的山峰(顶点)基本上在供应电压波(浪), 一(个), 和在这个否定山峰(顶点)一(个)的零点。
23.2.2 The surge generator is to have a surge impedance of 50 ohms. When there is no load
on the generator, the waveform of the surge is to be essentially as follows:
涌浪发生器有一个50 ohms的涌浪阻抗。当在这发生器上没有负载时,涌浪波形如下,
a) Initial rise time, 0.5 microseconds between 10 percent and 90 percent of peak
amplitude,
在10%~90%的振幅之间的振幅时间为百万分之0.5秒。
b) The period of the following oscillatory wave, 10 microseconds, and
这期间其它的振动波为百万分之10秒,和
c) Each successive peak, 60 percent of the preceding peak.
23.2.3 Figures 23.1 and 23.2 show a typical surge generator and control relay.
23.3 Surge immunity test (combination wave)
23.3.1 The GFCI subjected to the Unwanted Tripping Test shall be subjected to the Surge
Immunity Test without demonstrating, either during or after testing:
易受不需要旅行测验的GFCI将没有示威易受冲击波免疫性测验, 或者在测验以后或
者在其(它)期间:
a) Emission of flame, molten metal, glowing of flaming particles through any
openings (preexisting or created as a result of the test) in the product,
火焰, 熔化的金属, 在产品中透过任何孔(预先存在或者由于测验引起的)喷射炽热燃烧粒
子。
b) Ignition of the enclosure, or
外壳燃烧，
c) Creation of any opening in the enclosure that results in accessibility of energized
parts, when judged in accordance with Accessibility of Energized Parts, Section
13.
23.3.2. The test method is to be conducted in accordance with the testing methods
described in IEC61000-4-5 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Part 4-5: Testing and
Measurements Techniques – Surge Immunity Test.
测试方法操作要依据在IEC61000 - 4 - 5 电磁兼容 ( EMC ) 4 - 5部分中描述的测
试方法: 测试和测量技术 – 涌浪防疫测试。
23.3.3 The surges shall be applied at phase angles of 90 and 270 electrical degrees.
处于 90 ~ 270度的相位角将应用这些涌浪。
23.3.4 Only the surge impulse test levels in Table 23.3.1 shall be used.
仅仅使用表 23.3.1 中的涌浪脉动测试水平。
23.3.5 The GFCI is permitted to trip during surge immunity testing. If the GFCI trips, it is to
be reset prior to the next surge application.
允许GFCI在涌浪免疫性测试期间跳闸。如果GFCI跳闸, 它在下一次涌浪运用前重新
安置。
23.3.6 After this test the same GFCI shall comply with the High Resistance Ground Fault
and the Dielectric Voltage Withstand Tests.
GFCI通过这个测试以后同样将满足高电阻地面错误和绝缘电压阻抗测试。
24 High-Resistance Ground Faults Test
24.1 General
24.1.1 A Class A GFCI shall be capable of interrupting the electric circuit to the load
when the fault current to ground I is within the range of 6 – 264 m A within the time
interval T in accordance with the relationship:
Class A GFCI 将可以断开负载回路当漏电电流在6 – 264 m A 范围内，这断开时间
间隔如下关系式:
In which T is expressed in seconds and I is expressed in milliamperes.
T表示时间单位秒和I表示电流单位毫安
24.1.2 A Class B GFCI shall be capable of interrupting the electric circuit to the load
when the fault current to ground I is within the range of 20 – 1056 m A within the time
interval T in accordance with the relationship:
Class B GFCI 将可以断开负载回路当漏电电流在20 – 1056 m A 范围内，这断开时
间间隔如下关系式:
IT
801.43
In which T is expressed in seconds and I is expressed in milliamperes.
24.1.3 The trip times indicated in 24.1.1 and 24.1.2 correspond to a maximum nominal
voltage to ground of 125V.
在一个最大标定125V接地，这跳闸时间(T)需要与24.1.1和24.1.2相符。
24.1.4 A cord-connected GFCI shall comply with the provisions of 24.1.1 with and without
one or more of the following defects in its power-supply cord:
线连接GFCI将参照24.1.1要求和没有一个或更多对于下列错误在它的电源线:
a) The ungrounded and grounded conductors transposed at the attachment plug
terminals.
在连接插头末端接地的和不接地的导线位置调换。
b) An open circuit in the grounding conductor.
在接地导体中有一断开回路。
c) An open circuit in any one-power conductor.
在任何一个电源导体中有一断开回路。
d) Except if normal operation of the supervisory circuit would provide an indication of
trouble, the ungrounded and grounding conductors of the power-supply cord
transposed at the attachment plug terminals.
24.1.5 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.2.4, a GFCI is to
be connected as shown in Figure 24.1 and tested as described in 24.2.1, in the sequence
of steps described in Table 24.2.
为了决定具有 24.1.1~24.2.4 提供的规定, GFCI的连接如图 24.1所示和测试要求
说明如同 24.2.1 中所描述, 顺序步骤如表 24.2 中描述。
24.2 High-resistance ground fault test
24.2.1 In performing the test mentioned in 24.1.5, the resistance R is to be varied to B
obtain the test values of current to be indicated by meter A. The sum of R and the B
resistance of meter A is to be not less than (1) 500 ohms for a Class A and for a
cord-connected GFCI, and (2) 125 ohms for a Class B GFCI. The test values of current
are to include the minimum specified and the maximum possible according to the class
and one or two additional values as may be considered necessary to assure compliance
with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4. Ten measurements of current duration are to be
made for each mode of operation described and for each value of test current selected.
The average of each group of ten is not to exceed the time allowed for the rated class.
Individual measurements may exceed the time allowed for the rated class provided that
such measurements de not exceed 125 percent of the time allowed for the rate class. The
modes of operation noted in Table 24.1 are to be performed. For GFCI intended to be
used on 120/240 V circuits, the resistance is to be connected between each ungrounded
load terminal, in turn, and the grounded conductor of the supply.
在电流表中获得不同的电流值。R和 在做24.1.5 中提到的测试时,通过改变电阻 RBB
电流表的总电阻大于500ohms适合于Class A和线连接GFCI, 和大于125ohms适合于Class
B GFCI。如认为可以确保具有 24.1.1~24.1.4的所必需的规定, 电流的测试值要包括规定的最小
值和最小值根据Class级别和一个或者两个的附加评定。连续十次测量获得描述各个操作方法和
选择测试电流数值。 每十组平均值不要超过额定级别所允许的时间。单独的测量可以超过额定
级别所允许的时间但不能超过额定级别所允许的时间的百分之125。执行表 24.1中注明的操作
方法。打算使用在120V/240的线路中的GFCI,这电是连接在没有接地的负载末端之间, 依次供
给接地导线。
24.2.2 It may be necessary to prevent tripping of the device under test while adjusting for various values of current in resistance R. Care should then be taken to assure that B
components that are not continuously energized in normal operation should not be caused to be continuously energized during the adjustment procedure. Attempts to bypass one or more poles of the device will usually produce the condition described.
防止装置在测试下跳闸可能需要调节电阻R的电流值。 那时(然后)应该小心保证不B
应该使不连续不断是正常的操作方面的 energized 的部分在调整程序期间连续不断是
energized 。 通常试图迂回透过装置的一或更多的磁极将生产(产生)描述的条件。
24.2.3 In determining the ―most adverse‖ conditions mentioned in Table 24.2, each of the operating parameters described in items a – e of this paragraph is to be varied so as to
obtain a combination, if any, considered to be most adverse to the tested function of the GFCI, at room-temperature ambient. The ―most adverse‖ condition of an operating parameter is to be learned from (1) a study of the design and, (2) if necessary, from operating the sample, provided that if it is necessary to operate the sample, that sample need not be subjected to any of the tests described in these requirements.
在判定表24.2中提到“最不利”的条件，各个操作参数描述在本节a – e项中以更获得不同
的组合，若有的话，被认为是GFCI最不利的测试功能，在室内环境温度。
a) LINE VOLTAGE – The closed-circuit line voltage is to be adjusted within
the range of 85 – 110 percent of rated voltage, at rated load, with the cover(s), if
any, of the device closed, and with the device supported in its marked mounting
position. If no mounting position is marked on the device, any one position that
is considered normal for the device is to be arbitrarily selected. The line voltage
to the device is to be obtained from a source having sinusoidal waveform and
free from any measurable transient voltage rises or dips.
线电压 – 在额定负载，闭合线路线电压适合在额定电压的85~110%内波动，和保护，
如果有的话，关闭装置，和装置的支撑在它们标示的安装位置内。如果没有安装位置标
示在装置上，任意选择装置的任何位置都是正常的。装置的线电压是来自一个正弦波和
不可测量的瞬间电压的下升或下降。
b) MOUNTING POSITION – Except for a permanently connected GFCI marked
to specify a mounting position, the device is to be placed in different positions.
The mounting position of a permanently connected device that is marked to
specify a mounting position is to be varied from the marked mounting positing by
no more than 10 degrees (for a total range of 20 degrees). Rated load is to be
connected and the cover(s), if any, of the device are to be closed.
安装位置 – 除永久连接的GFCI有标示的安装说明外，放置在装置的不同位置。
c) COVER POSITION – Any cover or door normally moved or removed during
operation or functioning of the device, or that can be moved or removed without
the use of a tool, may be so moved or removed. Rated load is to be connected.
在装置的操作或者功能期间通常运动(感动)或者移走的任何盖子或者门, 可以
(可能)那么运动(感动)或者(被)移走, 或者能够没有工具的使用(用处)运动(感动)或者移
走。 额定负载(是)要连接。
d) LOAD – The load may have any value of current up to rated and is to be
resistive.
负载 – 可能任何上升到额定的电流值和电阻。
e) GROUNDING – A cord-connected device, and a permanently connected
device not marked to indicate that it must be grounded, may be either grounded
or ungrounded, whichever is more adverse.
接地 - 软线连接的装置和永久连接的装置没标示表明它必须接地, 可以是接地或者不接
地, 无论是那个都是最不利的。
24.2.4 A GFCI shall comply with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4 when the circuit conductor
that is normally grounded at the service only, is also grounded at a point in the load
circuit of the GFCI.
当仅应用线路导体作正常接地时GFCI将满足24.1.1 – 24.1.4中的规定，并且是在GFCI负
载回路的一个点接地。
24.2.5 In determining compliance with the provisions of 24.2.4, the sample is to be
connected as shown in Figure 24.2 and tested as described in 24.2.7 for each
combination of R and Ras indicated in Table 24.3. The tests are to be conducted both NG
with R open and with R adjusted for rated current. LL
在决定具有 24.2.4中的规定, 样品连接如图24.2 所示和表 24.3 中注明的各个RN
和 RG与24.2.7所描述的测试相结合。 测试实施断开RL和调整 RL到额定电流。
24.2.6 When testing as described in 24.2.7, additional values of current indicated be
meter A and in resistance R and other values of resistance R and R may be employed LNG
if necessary to determine Compliance with the provisions of 24.2.4. Such other values
are to be in accordance with the rating of the product and the cable constructions
represented in Table 24.3. The product is to trip within the time interval prescribed in
24.1.1 or 24.1.2.
当在做 24.2.7中描述的测试时, 附加显示电流值的电流表和电阻RL和其它可能使用
的电阻RN和RG的值如果必需判定具有条款24.2.4要求。 如此其它的值要与表24.3 表示的
产品级别和电缆构成一致。 产品要在 24.1.1 或者 24.1.2 中规定的时间间隔之内跳闸。
24.2.7 The sample is to be tested following the procedure indicated in items a – c.
样品测试步骤为以下a – c项:
a) Close switch S1 and then switch S3. If the device does not trip, adjust
resistance R to any value that will not cause tripping and close switch S2. B
Decrease resistance R until meter A reads 20 m A for a Class B device or 6 m A B
for other than a Class B device or the device trips. The device may trip with meter
A indicating less than the specified values of current. Conduct procedures ten
times.
关闭开关S1然后开关S3。 如果装置不跳闸, 调整电阻R到任一值关闭开关S2将不导B
致跳闸 。 减小电阻R直到电流表的读数为20mA为一个Class B装置 或读数为6mA为其B
它类装置比较一个Class B装置或装置的跳闸。这个装置可以跳闸电流表的读数大于规格
的电流值。 重复操作十次。
b) Close switch S3 and then switch S1. If the device does not trip, adjust
to any value that will not cause tripping and close switch S2. resistance RB
Decrease resistance R until meter A reads 20 m A for a Class B device or 6 m A B
for other than a Class B device or the device trips. The device may trip with meter
A indicating less than the specified values of current. Conduct procedures ten
times.
关闭开关S3然后开关S1.如果装置不跳闸, 调整电阻R到任一值关闭开关S2将不导B
致跳闸.减小电阻R直到电流表的读数为20mA为一个Class B装置或读数为6mA为其B
它类装置比较一个Class B装置或装置的跳闸.这个装置可以跳闸电流表的读数大于规格
的电流值.重复操作十次.
c) With resistance R adjusted to cause 20 mA for a Class B device or 6 mA for B
other than a Class B device, Close switches S2 and S3. Close switch S1. Conduct
procedures ten times.
开闭开关S2和S3,再关闭开关S1,通过电阻RB的电流为20mA是Class B装置或者
电流是6mA的其它装置。
25 Resistance False Tripping Test (电阻假设跳闸测试)
25.1 A GFCI shall have necessary resistance to tripping when connected to load circuits
that have:
a) Values of leakage current anticipated in normal service, and
在正常服务中预先设定的漏电电流值。
b) Normal transient electrical disturbances such as those caused by switching.
例如由正常开关引起的那些瞬间用电干扰。
25.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 25.1, a GFCI is to be connected
as shown in Figure 25.1 with the impedance Z described in 25.3 or 25.4, and tested as
described in (1) 25.6, in each of the steps shown in Table 24.2 and (2) 25.7. Switches S1
and S2 shown in Figure 25.1 are to be of the mercury-contact type or otherwise capable
of (1) closing with minimum contact bounce and (2) opening with minimum clearing time.
They may control both conductors if that is more adverse.
为了决定具有 25.1 中提到的规定, GFCI依照图25.1与25.3或25.4中描述的阴抗Z
相联接 , 和依照25.6中所描述的测试, 依照表24.2和25.7的各个步骤。 在 图25.1中所示的
开关S1和S2是具有银点接触类或用不同的方法能够随最小量接触而关闭弹跳和最小量打开的
交换时间。 如果那有最不利它们可能控制两个导体。
25.3 With a Class B GFCI, the impedance Z indicated in Table 25.1 is to be employed.
若是Class BGFCI，阻抗Z使用表25.1中所示阻值。
25.4 With a device other than Class B, the components of impedance Z are to be as
indicated in Table 25.2.
若不是Class B 装置，阻抗Z与表25.2中所示一样。
25.5 A GFCI with an adjustable control shall comply with the provisions of 25.1 for at least
one setting of the control.
25.6 The tests mentioned in 25.2 are as follows:
25.2这测试说明如下:
a) Under the ―most adverse‖ conditions described in 25.9, the device is not to trip
while operating continuously,
在25.9中描述的“最不利”条件下，当装置连续工作时是不跳闸。
b) Under the ―most adverse‖ conditions described in 25.9, the device is not to trip
more than three times in ten operations of each switch S1 and switch S2, and
在25.9中描述的“最不利”条件下，开关S1和S2十次运行装置最少有三次不
跳闸。
c) Under the ―most adverse‖ conditions described in 25.9, a device other than
Class B is not to trip at less than 4 mA. The device may trip at less than 4 mA but not
less than 3.5 mA when the temperature of the ambient air is less than minus 5 ?
(plus 23 ?F) or more than 40 ? (104 ?F). The impedance Z is gradually reduced until
the GFCI trips. The capacitive component of Z is to be disconnected and switches
S1 and S2 are to be closed. The procedure is to be conducted three times under
each of the ―most adverse‖ conditions.
在25.9中描述的“最不利”条件下，除了一个Class B 装置在小4 mA 时
是不跳闸的。这装置可能跳闸在小于4 mA 但至少3.5 mA 当这周围空气温度小于负5? (正
23?) 或大于40? (104?)。这阻抗 Z 逐渐减小直到GFCI跳闸。Z的电容成分是断开和关
闭开关S1和S2。在各个最不利条件下重复操作三次。
25.7 The tests mentioned in 25.2 are as follows:
在25.2中提及到的测试如下:
a) Under the ―normal‖ condition described in 25.8, the device is not to trip more
than three times in 100 operations of each switch S1 and S2, and
在25.8中描述的“正常”条件下，开关S1和S2 100次运行装置最少有三次不
跳闸。
b) Under the ―normal‖ conditions described in 25.8, the device is not to trip more
than one time in ten operations of any switch that is an integral part of the device
and that controls the electric supply to the load.
在25.8中描述的“正常”条件下，任何一个开关十次运行装置最少有一次不跳闸。
25.8 Normal conditions called for in 25.7 are to include rated voltage, ground-lead switch S G
closed, normal mounting position, all doors closed and rated load. The voltage
waveform is to be sinusoidal and free from any measurable transient rises or dips.
在25.7中 正常状态的要求包括额定电压、接地导线开关 SG 关闭、正常的安装位
置、所有门关闭和额定的负载。正弦电压波形和不可测量的瞬间电流的上升或下降。
25.9 In determining the ―most adverse‖ conditions mentioned in Table 24.2, each of the
operating parameters described in items a – f of this is to be varied so as to obtain a
combination, if any, considered to be most adverse to the tested function of the GFCI, at
room temperature ambient. The most adverse condition of an operating parameter is to
be learned from (1) a study of the design and, (2) if necessary from operating the sample,
provided that if it is necessary to operate the sample, that sample need not be subjected
to any of the tests described in these requirements. An adjustable control, if provided, is
not to be adjusted after having started the tests specified in 25.2.
在决定表 24.2 中提到的“最不利”条件, 在a – f项中描述的每一个操作参数是不同
以致获得一个结合, 如果有可能的话, 认为对GFCI的最不利的功能测试, 在室温环境下。操作参
数的最相反的条件向设计的学习(研究)(是)要学习和, 如果必要从引起样品, 只要如果引起样品,
这必要, 样品易受在这些需要方面描述的任何测验不必。
a) LINE VOLTAGE – The voltage is to be adjusted within the range of 85 – 110
percent of rated voltage, with the covers (if any) of the device closed, and with the device supported in its that is considered normal for the device is to be arbitrarily selected. The line voltage to the device is to be obtained from a source having sinusoidal waveform and free from any measurable transient voltage rises or dips.
线电压 – 电压是在额定电压的85~110% 的范围之内调整, 这些外壳 (如果有)是密
封的装置, 和在中支持的装置就装置而言认为它的正常(是)要专断选择。 对装置的线电
压是从有正弦曲线波形的来源获得和没有任何可测量瞬时电压的提升或者沐浴。
b) MOUNTING POSITION – Except for a permanently connected GFCI marked to specify a mounting position, the device is to be placed in different positions. The mounting position of a permanently connected device which is marked to specify a mounting position is to be varied from the marked mounting position by no more than 10 degrees (for a total range of 20 degrees). Rated load is to be connected and the cover(s), if any, of the device are to be closed.
安装位置 - 除了永久连接的GFCI标定的指定一个安装位置, 装置是要放在不同位置
里。记号(成绩)(以)规定一个安装位置的一个永久连接的装置的安装位置(是)要由不超过
10 度与显著的安装位置不同 (为 20 度的总范围) 。 额定负载是要连接的和装置的外
壳 , 如果有的话, 是要密封的。
c) COVER POSITION – Any cover of door normally moved or removed during operation or functioning of the device, or that can be moved or removed without the use of a tool, may be so moved or removed. Rated load is to be connected. 外壳位置 , 可以(可能)那么运动(感动)或者被移走- 通常在操作期间运动(感动)或者消除
的门或者装置功能的任何盖子, 或者能够没有工具的使用(用处)运动(感动)或者移走。 额
定负载(是)要连接。
d) LOAD – The load may have any value of steady-state current up to rated. For a Class A device, the load may be appliances, tools, underwater swimming-pool lighting fixtures or other utilization equipment. For a Class B device, the load is to be underwater swimming-pool lighting fixtures or the equivalent. See 32.8.
负载 – 负载可以有任何稳定的电流值直到额定的电流值。Class A装置的负载可能
是器具、工具、游泳池中的照明配件或其它使用设备。Class B装置的负载是游泳池中
的照明配件或相类似的。见32.8。
e) CAPACITIVE LEAKAGE – The value of capacitance (selected from Table 25.1) may be connected or omitted.
漏电电容 – 电容可以连接或不连接.
f) GROUNDING – If a permanently connected device is not marked to indicate that it must be grounded, ground-lead switch SG may be open or closed.
接地 – 如果永久连接装置没有标示它必需接地，接地导线开关SG可以是打开的或
者是关闭的。
26 Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by RF fields
26.1 The GFCI shall operate normally (test and reset) after completion of this test and there
shall not be any evidence of a risk of fire or risk of electrical shock. The GFCI shall not
trip when subjected to the applied frequency. The test method described in the Standard
for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and Measurement Techniques –
Section 6, Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields, IEC
61000-4-6, is to be followed. The representative GFCI is to be subjected to a conducted
disturbance at 0.5 V over a frequency range of 150 kHz to 230 MHz.
GFCI 将在这个测试的完成之后正常地操作( 测试而且重新设定)和将不有任何失火的
危险和电击的危险迹象。 当受应用的频率时GFCI将不跳闸。在标准因为电磁兼容(EMC) 部份 4
中被描述的测试方法: 测试和测量技术–第 6 节, 防疫引导干扰,借着无线电电波领域 , 遵循
IEC 61000-4-6 。典型的GFCI易受150kH ~ 230MK的频率范围0.5 V 以上的实施干扰。
27 Regulation Test
27.1 The inherent regulation of a GFCI at rated input voltage shall be such that the
difference between output voltage at no load and output voltage at maximum rated
current shall not be more than two percent of the output voltage at rated current.
处于额定的输入电压状态, GFCI的固有调节将是没有负载输出电压和最大的额定电流
的输出电压之间的差别小于额定的电流状态输出电压的百分之二。
28 Normal Temperature Test
28.1 When carrying rated current and with rated voltage applied, a GFCI shall not attain a
temperature at any point that is sufficiently high to (1) constitute a fire hazard, (2) affect
injuriously any materials used in the device, or (3) exhibit greater rises in temperature at
specific points than indicated in Table 28.1, based on an assumed average ambient
temperature in normal service of 25 ? (77 ?F). A 120/240 V GFCI is to be connected to a
120/240 V supply, or two phases of a 120/208 V supply, adjusted to rated voltage of the
supply. Loads are to be connected to the load terminals to cause the load conductors,
including the neutral conductor, to carry rated current.
当传送额定电流时和额定电压的应用, GFCI将不达到一个充分高温度在任何点以构
成火灾的危险,影响有害的任何材料用于装置，或者比在表 28.1 中表明的在专门点在温度中表现
出更大的提升,基于平正常的服务一个均环境温度为25 ?5 ?( 77 ?) . 一个120/240V的GFCI
是连接一个120/240V供给, 或者一个120/208V供应的两个阶段, 调整到额定电压供给。 负载
要连接负载终端设备使负载导体, 包括零线, 传送额定电流。
28.2 In performing the test described in 28.1, parts and circuits that are heated only when
there is GFCI are to be continuously heated be providing a value of ground-fault current
just low enough not to cause tripping.
在进行 28.1中描述的测试时, 仅仅加热零件和线路当GFCI连续加热假若接地故障
电流刚好低于足钩不引起跳闸的情况下。
28.3 Coil or winding temperatures are to be measured by thermocouples unless access
cannot be gained for mounting a thermocouple (for example, a coil enclosed in sealing
compound) or unless the coil wrap includes thermal insulation, such as asbestos, or
more than two layers (1/32 inch or 0.8 mm maximum) of cotton, paper, rayon, or the like.
At a point on the surface of a coil where the temperature is affected by an external
source of heat, the temperature rise measured by means of a thermocouple may be
10 ? (18 ?F) more than the indicated maximum, provided that the temperature rise of
the coil, as measured by the resistance method is no more than that specified in Table
28.1.
线圈和绕组温度的测量使用热电偶除非不能安装热电偶或者线苞包包含热隔离，例如
石棉或超过两层的棉布、纸、人造纤维或相类似的。在线圈表面上某点的温度受外来的响温度影
响,温升测量用热电偶也许比最大值多10? ( 18 ?), 只要线圈的温升, 如同电阻法测量不超过
表 28.1 中的规定。
28.4 Except at coils, temperature readings are to be obtained by means of thermocouples
consisting of wire not large than No.24 AWG, and a temperatures is considered to be
constant when three successive readings, taken at intervals of 10 percent of the
previously elapsed duration of the test, but not less than 5-minute intervals, indicate no
change. When thermocouples are used in the determination of temperatures in
connection with the heating of electrical devices, it is common practice to employ
thermocouples consisting of No.30 AWG iron and constantan wires and a potentiometer
type of indicating instrument. Such equipment is to be used whenever referee
temperature measurements by thermocouples are necessary.
除了在以外线圈, 温度读数(是)要比 诺.24 AWG 借助于由电线不大组成的热电偶获
得, 并且认为一个温度当三个连续读数, 测验以前流逝的持续时间的百分之 10 的每隔一段间隔
拿, 时是经常(不变)的但是不少于 5 - 微小的间隔, 不表明变化。 当把热电偶关于电装置的加热
(激动)用于温度的决定(测定)时, 使用由 诺.30 AWG 铁和康铜的电线和一电位计类型表明设
备组成的热电偶, 这是平常的事情。 只要用热电偶的裁判员温度测量必要, 这样的设备(是)要使
用。
28.5 Ambient air is to be at any convenient temperature within the range of 20 – 30 ? (68 -
86 ?F).
环境空气是以任何合适温度在 20 - 30 ?( 68 - 86 ?)的范围之内 .
28.6 The thermocouples and related instruments are to be accurate and calibrated in
accordance with accepted laboratory practice. The thermocouple wire is to conform with
the requirements specified in the Initial Calibration Tolerances for Thermocouples table
in ―Temperature-Measurement Thermocouples‖, ANSI/ISA MC96.1 (1982).
这些热电偶和相关的设备是精确的和通过公认的实验室实校准。 对于热电偶电线要符
合在表“温度测量热电偶”中热电偶在初始校准公差规定的需要,ANSI/ISA MC96.1 (1982)。
29. Dielectric Voltage-Withstand Test (绝缘耐压测试)
29.1 In a GFCI, except as described in 29.2, the insulation and spacings between (1)
line-connected circuits, and (2) other circuits and accessible parts shall withstand
without breakdown the test potentials shown in Table 29.1. The functional insulation and
spacings of other circuits too shall withstand without breakdown the test potentials
shown in Table 29.1, except that where the potential does not exceed 70 V peak in
normal service, the test potential is to be 500 V. See 21.1.
在GFCI中 ,除如29.2所描述外，线连接的线路和其它的线路和可接近的零件之间的隔
离和留间隔将没有击穿在表29.1.中被显示的测试潜在性抵抗。 其它电路的功能绝缘体和间距也
将没有损坏在经受表 29.1 中展示的测试电压, 除了在正常的服务方面那个在电压峰值不超过
70V 以外, 这测试电压是 500 V 。参见 21.1 。
29.2 Functional insulation and spacings inherent in a component need not withstand the
test potentials mentioned in 29.1 if the component in question complies with the
requirements applicable to the component.
如果正被谈论的零件顺从适用于零件的需要, 在一个零件中固有的功能绝缘体和间距不
必经受在 29.1 中提到的电位测试。
29.3 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 29.1, the insulation and
spacings are to be subjected to 60 Hz essentially sinusoidal potential increased from
zero to the values specified and maintained for a period of one minute. The increase in
the applied potential is to be at a substantially uniform rate and as rapid as is consistent
with the value of the applied potential being correctly indicated by the voltmeter.
为了决定具有 29.1 规定的要求, 绝缘体和间距要经受从零增强的60Hz指明的正弦电
位值和维持一分钟。 应用电压的增加要以像与由电压表应用的潜在正确地表明的值一致那样一
个充分地均匀的价格和快速的。
29.4 Where the construction of the GFCI is such as to deny access to the insulation to be
tested, suitable subassemblies may be employed.
在GFCI 的建设(筑)是不让测验的绝缘体通路的那里, 可以(可能)使用合适组件。
29.5 In the application of test potentials to insulating surfaces, metal foil may be used
providing that care is taken to avoid flashover at the edge of the insulation.
在测验电压在隔离表面方面应用方面, 金属铂可以使用, 规定小心在绝缘体的边避免飞
弧。
30 Overload and Motor Starting Test (过载启动测试)
30.1 A GFCI shall have necessary interrupting capacity. In addition, a Class A and a
cord-connected device shall not trip as a result of motor starting.
GFCI 将有必需的切断容量。 此外, 一个Class A和一个软线连接的装置在过载启动时
将不会跳闸。
30.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 30.1,a Class A or a
cord-connected device is to be caused to switch an inductive impedance adjusted for a
value of load current equal to six times the ampere rating of the device and a power
factor within the range of 0.45-0.50.
为了决定具有 30.1中的规定, 一个Class A或者一个软线连接的装置 一 (是)要引起
转换(改变)在 0.45 0.50 的范围之内六乘装置的安培和一个权力(动力)原素认为等于的负载
电(潮)流的一个(价)值调整的诱导阻抗。
30.3 Reactive components of the impedance mentioned in 30.2 may be paralleled with
each other if they are of the air-core type. An air-core reactor is to be paralleled with
resistance adjusted to dissipate approximately one percent of the total power dissipated
in the impedance without such resistance.
如果他们空气核心类型, 在 30.2 中提到的阻抗的回应部分也许与彼此平行。一个空气核
心回应堆(是)要与适应于的阻力平行近似(以)驱散没有这样的阻力在阻抗中驱散的总的权力(动
力)的百分之一。
30.4 The value of paralleled resistance R in ohms mentioned in 30.3 may be obtained by
calculation form the relationship in which E is the closed-circuit voltage at the load and I
is the load current in amperes, without resistance R.
由计算获得在 30.3可能 中提到的奥姆中, 平行阻力 R 的(价)值形成 E 是负载和我
的紧密- 电路(绕行)的电压的关系是安培的负载电(潮)流, 没有阻力 R 。
163ERI
30.5 The supply circuit for the test mentioned in 30.2 is to have the capacity to provide a
closed-circuit voltage not less than 85 percent of the rated voltage of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter. Except when a higher value is agreed to by those concerned, the
open-circuit voltage is to be in the range of 100-105 percent of the rated voltage of the
ground-fault circuit-interrupter. A1-A fuse is to be connected between the grounded
conductor of the supply circuit and accessible conductive parts of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter. This fuse shall not operate to open the circuit.
30.2中提到的测试供给线路容量规定GFCI的闭合回路电压不小于额定电压的85%。 除
了那些更高的相关值可拉受外，GFCI的开路电压额定电压的100~105%之间。A1 – A保险丝连
接在GFCI接地供给电路导线和易接近的传导零件之间。保险丝将不工作在开路回路。
30.6 In performing the test mentioned in 30.2 the device is to be switched ―on‖ and, after
one second, switched ‖off‖, for a total of 25 cycles of operation, at the rate of six cycles
per minute.
在进行 30.2 中提到的测试时装置运行在“on”, 在一秒钟以后运行在“off‖,总共 运行25个
周期, 并以每分钟六个周期的速度运行。
Exception No. 1: If the device operation will not permit these cycle times, times as close as possible to there are to be used
例外号 1 : 如果装置操作将允许这些周期时代, 那里以使用到不像可能那样紧密时代。
Exception No. 2: If it is determined that for a duration less than one second,(1) the device conducts the test current without interrupting the circuit or being adversely affected by heat, and (2) the device contacts are properly seated before the break is initiated as confirmed by oscilloscopic or oscillographic measurements, the ‖on‖ time may be reduced to that duration, provided the duration is not less than one-half second.
例外号 2 : 如果它(这)为一个持续时间不到一二分之决定了那, ( 1 ) 这个装置没有切断这个电路
(绕行)或者由热相反影响指挥(领导)测验电(潮)流, 并且 ( 2 ) 装置接触在如同由示波器或者示波器
的测量确认那样开始这个破裂(中断)以前恰当地坐下, 可以(可能)把〃时间的〃还原成那持续时间,
假如持续时间不少于二分之一秒。
30.7 A Class B ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be caused to switch 25 times a
tungsten-filament lamp load, or the equivalent, adjusted for 150 percent of rated
current. The number of lamps is to be the smallest possible, using lamps of standard
wattage ratings, providing that no lamp used is to be rated more than 500 W without the
agreement of the submitter. The ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be operated at a
rate not to exceed ten times per minute provided that lamps, if used, are to be allowed to
be ―off‖ at least 55 seconds before being energized. Tripping is allowed. See 32.8.
Class B GFCI要产生乘钨细丝灯负载, 或者这个等价物, 转换(改变) 25 对于价格(比率)
的电(潮)流的百分之 150 调整。 灯的数字(目)(是)要最小可能, 使用标准的传送 ratings 的灯,
提供使用的没有灯(是)要没有提交者的同意应该是多于 500 个 W 。 地面错误电路(绕行)断续
器(是)要以一个价格(比率)操作不(要)每规定灯, 如果使用, (是)要离开允许在 energized 前是
的分钟超过了倍(次)〃至少 55 秒。 允许了旅行。 看见 32.8 .
31 Low-resistance Ground Fault Test
31.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall operate to interrupt the circuit when a low
resistance ground fault is present.
当有一个小电阻漏电 存在时漏电电路断续器操作切断电路。
31.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 31.1 the circuit is to be as
described in 30.5. The resistance R is to be adjusted for a value of current equal to six
times the ration of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter and connected as shown in Figure
31.1 so as simulate a ground fault. The current is to be initiated 25 times, at intervals of
10 seconds, or longer if necessary to reset the device. The 1-A fuse (shown in Figure
31.1) connected to accessible conductive parts of the device shall not open. Automatic
interruption of the fault current is to occur each time in not more than T seconds as
determined in accordance with the equation
为了决定具有 31.1中的规定, 电路要如同 30.5 中描述的那样。 电阻R (是)要六乘地面错
误电路(绕行)断续器的定量配给为等于的电(潮)流的一个(价)值调整和那么作为在 31.1 插图方
面如同显示那样连接模拟一个地面错误。 如果重新安排这个装置(所)必需, 电(潮)流(是)要开始
25 倍(次), 10 秒的每隔一段间隔, 或者更长了。 连接装置的易接近传导一些部分的 1 - 保险
丝 (在 31.1 插图方面显示) 将不开。 错误电(潮)流的自动中断(是)要每次依据等式如同决定那
样在中发生(出现)得 T 第几秒钟至多。
And the average value of time for the 25 operations is not to exceed
和对(用 )于 25 个操作时间的平均(价)值不(是)要超过。
The quantity V is the value of closed circuit voltage at the line terminals of the device.
量 V 在装置的线(行)终端设备是紧密电路(绕行)电压的(价)值。
32 Endurance Test
32.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall have the necessary capacity for normal
operation.
GFCI正常的操作中将具有必需的容量。
32.2 Except as permitted in 32.7, in order to determine compliance with 32.1, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be caused to switch an inductive load adjusted for a value of load current equal to the ampere rating of the device and a power factor within the range of 0.75-0.80.
除了32.7 中允许的以外, 为了决定具有 32.1 的要求, GFCI要引起开关一个感性负载为负
载电流等于装置的额定安培和功率因子在0.75~0.80范围内。
32.3 In performing the test described in 32.2, the device is to be switched ‖on‖ and, after one second, switched ‖off‖ at a rate of approximately 6 cycles of operation per minute for 3000 cycles .An additional 3000 cycles are to be performed with automatic tripping by way of the supervisory circuit.
在完成32.2 中描述的测试, 装置要被转变为" on" 并且, 在一秒钟以后, 为" off " 以每分
钟运行 6个周期的速度运行3000 个周期。 附加3000 个周期是通过控制回路自动跳闸的方法
来完成。
32.4 Reactive components of the load mentioned in 32.2 may be paralleled with each other if they are of the air-core type. An air-core reactor is to be paralleled with resistance adjusted to dissipate approximately one percent of the total power dissipated in the load without such resistance.
如果他们是空气铁芯式变压器, 在 32.2 中提到的感性负载可以是彼此相互并联的。一个空
气铁芯式变压器电抗扼流线圈的并联阻抗损耗调整到大约为总功率损耗的百分之一在这负载没
有这样的电阻。
32.5 The value of paralleled resistance R in ohms mentioned in 32.4 may be obtained by calculation from the relationship
在32.4中提到的损耗电阻值R为ohms，可用以下关系型获得:
52ERI
In which E is the closed-circuit voltage at the load and I is the load current in amperes
without resistance R.
32.6 In performing the test described in 32.2, the capacity of the supply circuit is to be such as to allow a closed-circuit voltage not less than 97.5 percent of the rated voltage of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. Except when a higher value is agreed to by those concerned, the open-circuit voltage is to be in the range of 100-105 percent of the rated voltage of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. A 1-A fuse is to be connected between the grounded conductor of the supply circuit and accessible conductive parts of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. This fuse shall not operate to open the circuit.
在完成32.2 中描述的测试, 供应电路(绕行)的容量(是)要是不少于地面错误电路(绕行)断续
器价格(比率)的电压的百分之 97.5 承认一个紧密- 电路(绕行)的电压的。 除了那时以外一个更
高的(价)值由涉及的那些同意了, 公开(开着)- 电路(绕行)的电压(是)要处于地面错误电路(绕行)
断续器价格(比率)的电压的百分之 100 105 的范围。 1 - 保险丝(是)要在地面错误电路(绕行)
断续器供应电路(绕行)和易接近的传导一些部分的落地的导体之间连接。 这个保险丝将不操作
(以)开这个电路(绕行)。
32.7 A Class B ground-fault circuit-interrupter need be tested only with a tungsten-filament lamp or equivalent load adjusted for rated current under steady-state conditions. The number of lamps is to be the smallest possible using lamps of standard wattage ratings, provided that no lamp is rated more than 500 W without agreement of the submitter. Lamps are to be ―off‖ at least 55 seconds.
仅仅用钨细丝灯需要测试一个班级(课) B 地面错误电路(绕行)断续器或者测试在稳态的条件
下为价格(比率)的电(潮)流调整的相当负载。 灯的数字(目)(是)要是标准的传送 ratings 的最小
的可能使用灯, 只要使任何灯没有提交者的同意不应该是多于 500 个 W 。 灯离开(是)要是
〃至少 55 秒。
32.8 In performing the test mentioned in 25.9, 30.7, and 32.7, the supply circuit shall be capable of providing a peak current not less than 14.1 times the rms value of steady-state current in the load, within 1/240 second after the current is initiated. The voltage is to be as described in 32.6.
在完成方面测验在 25.9 , 30.7 , 和 32.7 中提到, 供应电路(绕行)将能够 14.1 乘负载方面
稳态的电(潮)流的 均方根 (价)值不少于提供一个山峰(顶点)电(潮)流, 在电(潮)流以后的 1 /
240 第二之内开始。 电压(是)要在 32.6 中如同描述那样。
32.9 A sample that has been subjected to an endurance test need not withstand any other of the tests described in these requirements.
易受一个忍耐测验的样品不必顶住在这些需要方面描述的测验的任何其它的。
32.10 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall withstand being tripped by means of the supervisory circuit and reset, at rated voltage without load, 25 times in as rapid succession ad practicable.
一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器将顶住借助于多主管人的电路(绕行)旅行和作为快速连续性
广告可以实行重新安排了, 处于没有负载的价格(比率)的电压状态, 25 倍(次)。
33 Abnormal Operation Test (异常运行测试)
33.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall not become a shock or fire hazard when
operating while in an abnormal condition, such as with a short-circuited or
open-circuited component.
GFCI当处于反常条件运行时将不变有电击或者火灾的危险, 例如组件有短路回路或者开路回
路。
33.2 A single layer of cheesecloth is to be loosely draped over the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter. In addition, a cord-connected device is to rest on while tissue paper
supported by a softwood surface. A 1-A fuse is to be connected between the grounded
supply conductor and accessible conductive parts of the device.
在GFCI上松散地披一层干酪纱布。此外,用一个软线连接的装置放在一块放有棉纸的软木板
上面。 用一个1A的保险丝在接地供应导线和装置的易接近的一些零件之间连接。
33.3 The cheesecloth mentioned in 33.2 is to be bleached cheesecloth running 14-15 square
yards per pound mass, (approximately 26-28 square meters per kilogram mass), and
having what is known in the trade as a ―count of 32 by 28‖, that is, for any square inch,
32 threads in one direction and 28 threads in the other direction (for any square
centimeter, 13 threads in one direction and 11 in the other direction.)
在 33.2 中提到的 包干酪纱布 (是)要是每磅(英镑)群众跑(开) 14 - 15 个平方码的漂白的
包干酪纱布 , (每千克的大约 26 - 28 个平方米聚集) , 并且在贸易(商业)中用 28 个〃 32
的所谓的计数为任何平方英吋即一个方向的 32 根线(丝)和另一个方向的 28 根线,(为任何广场
(方形)厘计量, 一个方向的 13 根线(丝)和另一个方向的 11 。)
33.4 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter operating under abnormal conditions will be
considered to have become a hazard if:
GFCI在反常条件下操作的GFCI 变得危险:
a) There is glowing or flaming of the cheesecloth or tissue paper mentioned in
33.2,or
那儿有炽热的或燃烧的在33.2中提到的干酪纱布或棉纸。
b) There is emission of molten metal, or
那儿有熔化的金属谢出。
c) The fuse mentioned in 33.2 operates to open the circuit, or
在33.2中提到的保险丝运行在开路回路，
d) Except if the device is likely to be removed from service, there is dielectric
failure (see 33.6 and 33.7), or
e) It is possible to touch a part with the articulated probe shown in Figure 3.1
while there is a shock hazard at that part, or
f) There is any other evidence of hazard.
33.5 If normal operation of the supervisory circuit after abnormal operation provides an
indication of proper functioning of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, the device shall
be capable of complying with the applicable provisions of 24.1.1 -24.1.4. 如果在反常操作以后, 多主管人的电路(绕行)的正常的操作提供地面错误电路(绕行)断续器恰当功能
的一个指示(标志), 装置将能够顺从 24.1.1 24.1.4 的可适用供应。
33.6 Failure to comply with the provisions of 29.1 will be considered to be dielectric failure.
33.7 A device that is no longer able to complete the electric circuit to the load will be
considered likely to be removed from service.
将认为不再能对负载完成这个电电路(绕行)的一个装置很可能从服务移走。
33A Surge Current Test
Added Section 33A
effective January 1, 2003
33A.1 General
33A.1.1 Each of three previously untested representative devices of the GFCI are to be
subjected to the Surge Current Test in 33A.2.1-33A.4.1 without demonstration, either
during or after testing:
a) Emission of flame, molten metal, glowing or flaming particles through
any openings(pre-existing or created as a rest of the test ) in the product.
b) charring, glowing, or flaming of the supporting surface, tissue paper,
or cheesecloth.
c) lgnition of the enclosure
d) Creation of any openings in the enclosure that results in accessibility
of live parts, when judged in accordance with Accessibility of Energized Parts,
Section 13.
33A.2 Mounting and installation
33.A.2.1 A GFCI shall be placed on a softwood surface covered with a double layer of white tissue paper.
Each GFCI is to be loosely draped with a double layer of cheesecloth. The cheesecloth shall cover openings (for example, receptacle openings, ventilation openings) where flame, molten metal, or other particles are not prohibited from being expelled as a result of the test. However the cheesecloth shall not be deliberately pushed into openings. GFCI’s that are intended only for use in enclosures shall be tested in their intended enclosure. The enclosure shall be representative of the worst case situation for this test. 把 地面故障电路中断器 将放在用白薄纸纸(文章)的双人(双份)层覆盖的一个软材表面上。
每一个 地面故障电路中断器 都(是)要松散地窗帘此时有 包干酪纱布 的双人(双份)层。 包干酪纱
布 在燃烧那里将覆盖 设立 (例如, 插孔 设立 , 通风 设立 ) , 把金属熔化, 或者没从由于测验驱
逐禁止其它粒子。然而 包干酪纱布 不故意推到 设立 里。 旨在于仅仅用于包围的 地面故障电路
中断器's 的在他们的打算的包围中将(被)测试。 包围对于这个测验将是最坏(最差)的情况(箱子)情况
(情势)的代表。
33A.3 Surge parameters
33A.3.1 A plug-in type ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be subjected to a surge of 6 KV
at 3 KA. A permanently-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be subjected to a
minimum surge of 6 kV at 10 kA. The surge shall be a combination 1.2/50μs, 8/20μs
voltage/current surge waveform.
一个插头(是)要在 3 点 KA 易受 6 千伏特 的冲击波- 在类型地面错误电路(绕行)断续器
中。 一个永久连接的地面错误电路(绕行)断续器(是)要易受 10 个 kA 6 个 千伏特 的最小冲
击波。 冲击波将是结合 1.2 / 50 个霐 , 8 / 20 个霐 电压/ 目前(流行)的冲击波波形。
33A.4 Surge polarity
33A.4.1 The polarity of the impulses shall be one positive applied at a phase angle of 90 degrees (+0,-15) and one negative applied at a phase angle of 90 degrees (+0,-15). 这些)动力(冲力)的极性将是在 90 度 ( +0 , - 15 ) 的一个阶段角(角度)在 90 度 ( +0 , - 15 ) 和
一(个)否定的一个阶段角(角度)应用的一个正极应用。
33B Abnormal Overvoltage Tests(不正常过压测试)
Added Section 33B effective January 1, 2003
33B.1 General
33B.1.1 After being tested as described in Full Phase Voltage-High Current abnormal
Overvoltage Test,
Section 33B.2 and Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, 33B.3, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter
Shall not result in any of the following conditions:
在一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器将不导引任何(这些)下面的条件以后如同全面地描述阶段电压高的
目前(流行)反常超压测验, 部分 33B.2 和限制目前(流行)反常超压测验, 33B.3 , 那样测验:
a) Emission of flame, molten metal, glowing or flaming particles
through any openings (pre-existing or created as a result of the test in the
product),
b) Charring, glowing, or flaming of the supporting surface, tissue
paper, or cheesecloth,
c) Ignition of the enclosure, and
d) creation of any openings in the enclosure that results in
accessibility of live parts, when judged in accordance with Accessibility of Live
Parts, Section 13.
33B.1.2 The representative devices used for each of the tests described in 33B.2.1-33B.3.2
are to be previously untested.
用作在 33B.2.1 - 33B.3.2 中描述的每一个测验的代表装置(是)要以前是 未经考验的 。
33B.1.3 The representative GFCI’s shall be placed on a softwood surface covered with a
double layer of white tissue paper. The orientation of the representative device shall be such as to create the most severe conditions representative of normal installation. Each representative GFCI is to be loosely draped with a double layer of cheesecloth. The cheesecloth shall cover openings (for example, receptacle openings, ventilation openings and any other similar openings) where flame, molten metal, or other particles may be expelled as a result of the test. However, the cheesecloth shall not be deliberately pushed into openings.
把 地面故障电路中断器's 代表的将放在用白薄纸纸(文章)的双人(双份)层覆盖的一个软材表面上。
代表装置的方向将是创造(引起)正常的安装最严重的条件代表的。 每一个 地面故障电路中断器 代
表都(是)要松散地窗帘此时有 包干酪纱布 的双人(双份)层。 包干酪纱布 在燃烧那里将覆盖 设立
(例如, ) 插孔 设立 , 通风 设立 和任何其它类似 设立 , 把金属熔化, 或者可以(可能)由于测验驱
逐其它粒子。然而, 包干酪纱布 不故意推到 设立 里。
33B.1.4 Cord-connected, direct plug-in, permanently-connected receptacle, and other ground-fault circuit-interrupter types intended for connection to common outlet boxes (such as raceways, multiple outlet assembly types) shall be tested in accordance with
Limited current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, Section 33B.3 in both normal and reversed polarity.
软线连接的, 指导插头- 在, 永久连接的插孔, 中并且对共有(通常)退场口盒子旨在于关联的其它地
面错误电路(绕行)断续器类型 (例如电缆管道, 若干退场口集合打字) 依据限制的目前(流行)反常超
压测验将(被)测试, 在二者正常中的测试部分 33B.3 和倒转的极性。
33B.1.5 When agreed upon by all concerned parties, fewer representative ground-fault circuit-interrupters than those specified in 33B.2.1-33B.3.2 shall be used for testing. 当由所有涉及的聚会在上面同意时, 把比在 33B.2.1 - 33B.3.2 中规定的那些较少代表地面错误
电路(绕行)断续器将用作测验。
33B.1.6 Following the tests described in Full Phase Voltage-High Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, section 33B.2 and Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, section 33B.3, the same representative devices are to be subjected to and comply with the Leakage current Test, section 22, for cord-connected and direct plug-in GFCIs, and Grounding, Section 9, for cord-connected, direct plug-in, and permanently-connected receptacle-type GFCIs. The leakage current test shall be conducted within five minutes of the end of the abnormal overvoltage tests.
使测验全面地描述阶段电压高的目前(流行)反常超压测验, 部分 33B.2 和限制目前(流行)反常超压
测验, 部分 33B.3 , (这些)相同的代表装置(是)要受到和对于软线连接的和直接的插头顺从渗漏目前
(流行)测验, 第 22 部分, - 在 GFCIs , 和基础, 部分 9 , 为软线连接的, 指导插头, 和永久连接的
插孔类型- 在 GFCIs 中。在反常超压测验末端的五分钟之内将实施(导引)渗漏目前(流行)测验。
33B.1.7 Operation of the ac-power-line circuit breaker, fuse internal or external to the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, or operation of an acceptable overcurrent or overtemperature protective device provided as part of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter is considered acceptable.
交流电权力(动力)线(行)电路(绕行)破坏者的操作, 对地面错误电路(绕行)断续器熔合内部或者外部
的, 或者认为可接受的过电流的操作或者作为地面错误电路(绕行)断续器的一部分提供的超温度的
保护装置可接受的。
33B.1.8 Following the tests described Full Phase voltage-High current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, Section 33B.2 and Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, Section 33B.3, the same representative devices are to be subjected to and comply with Grounding, Section 9, for permanently-connected, other than receptacle type, ground-fault circuit-interrupters.
使测验描述完全阶段电压高的目前(流行)反常超压测验, 部分 33B.2 和限制目前(流行)反常超压测
验, 部分 33B.3 , (这些)相同的代表装置(是)要受到和顺从基础, 部分 9 , 为永久连接的, 除了插孔
类型以外, 地面错误电路(绕行)断续器。
33B.2 Full phase voltage-high current abnormal overvoltage test
33B.2.1 After being tested as described in this section, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall comply with the requirements in 33B.1.1. One previously untested ground-fault circuit-interrupter, for each combination of conductor pairs that were tested in accordance with the Voltage Surge Test, Section 23, is to be subjected to the application of the test voltage as specified in Table 33B.2.2 with a power factor as specified in Table 33B.2.3 The ac power source shall have an available short-circuit (fault) current (Isc) as specified in Table 33B.2.2 For each representative device the overvoltage is to be applied for 7 hours, or until current to , or temperatures within the GFCI attain equilibrium, or until the GFCI becomes disconnected from the ac supply (due, for example, to open circuiting of a thermal or overcurrent protective device). See figure 33B.2.1.
在这个部分中如同描述那样测验以后, 一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器将顺从 33B.1.1 中的需要。
一个 事先 未经考验的 地面-缺点 环行-打断者, 为了 每个 结合 的 领导者 pairs 那 were
tested 铟 一致 带着 这 电压 大浪 试验, 部分 23, 艾赛亚 向 铍 subjected 向 这 应用 的 这
试验 电压 如同 specified 铟 桌子 33B.2.2 带着 一 权 原素 如同 specified 铟 桌子
33B.2.3 这 交流电 权 根源 将 已经 一 可用的 短的-环行 (缺点) 目前的 (工业安全委员会) 如
同 specified 铟 桌子 33B.2.2 为了 每个 典型的 设备 这 overvoltage 艾赛亚 向 铍 应用的
为了 7 hours, 手术室 直到 目前的 向 , 手术室 temperatures 不超过 这 地面故障电路中断器
达到 相称, 手术室 直到 这 地面故障电路中断器 becomes 无联络的 从 这 交流电 提供 (应支
付的, 为了 例子, 向 打开 circuiting 的 一 热的 手术室 overcurrent 保护的 设备) .(参)看
33B.2.1 插图。
Exception: This testing is not required for an end-product employing a component or components that have been previously tested and shown not to conduct current nor to exhibit any condition in 33B.1.6 when subjected to the maximum phase voltage or twice the conductor pair voltage rating as specified in table 33B.2.1 for the end-product. 例外: 没为使用已经以前测验和展示的一个部分或者部分不(要)指挥(领导)电(潮)流的一个末端产品
需要这个测验也不为了当或者两倍(次)易受最大阶段电压时在 33B.1.6 中表现出(陈列)任何条件在
对(用 )于 末端产品的桌子 33B.2.1 中如同规定那样认为的导体双(对)电压。
33B.2.2 Permanently-connected receptacle and other type GFCIs intended for mounting in boxes shall be tested in the smallest standard standard metal box in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
永久连接的插孔和其它的类型为安装在盒子打算的 GFCIs 依据民族(国家)电代码, / 全国消防协
会 70 在最小的标准的标准金属盒子中将(被)测试。
33B.3 Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test
33B.3.1 After being tested as described in this section, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall comply with the requirements in 33B.1.1 Eash of four previously untested representative GFCIs for each combination of conductor pairs is to be connected to an ac power supply having an open circuit voltage equal to the test voltage specified in Table 33B.2.1. The power supply is to incorporate a series variable resistor that can be adjusted to obtain the short-circuit current (Isc) specified below. See figure 33B.3.1. No load is to be connected. The variable resistor is to be adjusted such that Isc equals 5a for the first representative device, 2.5 A for the second, 0.5 A for the third, and 0.125 A for the fourth. The four representative devices are to be energized for 7 hours, or until current to, or temperatures within the GFCI attain equilibrium, or until the GFCI becomes disconnected from the ac supply (due, for example, to open circuiting of a thermal or overcurrent protective device). See Figure 33B.3.1.
在这个部分中如同描述那样测验以后, 一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器以前将顺从四 33B.1.1
Eash 中的需要导体双(对)每一个结合的 GFCIs 代表(是)要连接有等于测验电压的一个公开(开着)
电路(绕行)电压的一个交流电权力(动力)供应的 未经考验的 在表 33B.2.1 中规定了。 权力(动力)
供应(是)要合并能够适应于(以)获得短电路(绕行)电(潮)流 ( 工业安全委员会 ) 的一个连续变量电阻
(器)在下面规定了。 (参)看 33B.3.1 插图。 没有负载(是)要连接。 可变的电阻(器)(是)要是调整的 工
业安全委员会 等于对(用 )于 第一个代表装置的 5 一 , 第二的 2.5 一 , 对(用 )于 第三的 0.5
一 , 和对(用 )于 第四的 0.125 一 。 四个代表装置(是)要是 7 小时, 或者直到电(潮)流的
energized , 或者 地面故障电路中断器 之内的温度达到(得到)平衡, 或者 地面故障电路中断器 变
得与交流电供应分开 (应, 例如, 开一个热或者过电流的保护的装置的电路(绕行)) 。 (参)看
33B.3.1 插图。
Exception No.1: This test is not required for an end-product employing a component or components that have been previously tested and shown not to conduct current or to exhibit any condition in 33B.1.6 when subjected to the maximum phase voltage or twice the conductor pair voltage rating as specified in Table 33B.2.1 for the end-product. 例外 诺.1 : 没为使用一个部分或者部分不(要)指挥(领导)电(潮)流或者当或者两倍(次)易受最大阶段
电压时在 33B.1.6 中表现出(陈列)任何条件的一个末端产品需要这个测验已经以前测验和展示在对
(用 )于 末端产品的表 33B.2.1 中如同规定那样认为的导体双(对)电压。
Exception No.2: when this test is performed at a current level specified above and results in neither.
a) Any condition specified in 33B.1.6; nor
b) Operation of any overcurrent or thermal device
then the test results are also representative of testing of the device at lower current levels.
33B.3.2 Permanently-connected receptacle and other type GFCIs intended for mounting in boxes are to be mounted in the smallest standard non-metallic box with faceplate in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
34 Extra-Low-Resistance Ground Faults Test
34.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall withstand extra-low-resistance ground faults.
34.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 34.1, the supply circuit is to have an open-circuit voltage in the range of 100-105 percent of the rating of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. The impedance of the supply is to be such as to provide a prospective current (the current that would result from short-circuiting the supply terminals) shown in 34.3 or 34.4
34.3 In testing a permanently connected ground-fault circuit –interrupter, the prospective
current is to be 5000 A and the power factor is to be within the range of 0.90-1.0.
34.3 revised December 16, 1994
34.4 In testing a cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter, the prospective current is to be 2000 A and the power factor is to be within the range of 0.9-1.0.
34.5 Each line terminal of a ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be connected to supply mentioned in 34.2 Using 4 ft (1.2 m) of insulated wire, both selected in accordance with Table 34.1.A fuse is to be connected in series with the ungrounded line conductor. An identical conductor is to be connected between a load terminal and a line terminal of the device so as to represent a ground fault .The device is to be in any position considered to be normal in service. A 1-A fuse is to be connected between the supply terminal representing the grounded circuit conductor and accessible conductive parts of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. Surgical cotton is to cover openings of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter where flame may be emitted. See Figure 34.1.
34.6 For a cord-connected circuit-interrupter, conductors are to be attached to the attachment plug blades of the devices an to a terminal of a receptacle of the device so as not to be dislodged during the test.
34.7 The prospective current is to be initiated once by means of a switch in the supply circuit, and once by means of any control of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, providing that a single sample need not experience more than one current initiation. The 1-A fuse shall not operate to open the circuit, and there shall be no flaming of the cotton, both mentioned in 34.5.
35 Short Circuit Test
35.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall withstand short circuits.
一个GFCI将要经受短路回路。
35.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 35.1, conditions are to be as described in34.2-34.5, except that:
为了决定具有 35.1 供应的屈从, 条件(是)要如同描述 铟34.2 - 34.5 那样, 除了那个以外:
a) The ground fault described in 34.5 is not to be connected, and
b) A 20inch (0.51 m) length of wire of the same construction as the
line conductors is to be connected between load terminals.
35.3 the test current is to be initiated by means of a switch in the supply circuit. The 1-A fuse shall not operate to open the circuit and there shall be no flaming of the cotton, both mentioned in 34.5.
测验电(潮)流(是)要借助于供应电路(绕行)中的开关开始。 1 - 保险丝将不操作(以)开这个电路(绕行)
和将没有棉花的诡计, 二者在 34.5 中提到了。
36 Chromic Acid Dropping Test
36.1 The solution to be used for the chromic acid dropping test is to be made from distilled water and is to contain 200 grams per liter of reagent grade chromic acid (CrO) and 50 3
grams per liter of reagent grade concentrated sulfuric acid (HSO).(The latter is equivalent 24
to 27 milliliters per liter or reagent grade concentrated sulfuric acid, specific gravity of 1.84, containing 96 percent of HSO) 24
用作丢下测验的铬酸(性物质)的办法(溶液)(是)要从蒸馏的水构成和(是)要含有(容纳)每试剂等级铬酸
(性物质)的升 200 克 ( CrO3 ) 并且每试剂的升 50 克选配集中的硫酸(性物质) ( H2这么4 ) 。
(后者的相当于每升或者试剂等级集中的硫酸(性物质) 27 毫升, 1.84 的比重, H2这么4 的百分
之含有(容纳) 96 ) 。
36.2 The test solution is to be contained in a glass vessel such as a separatory funnel with the outlet equipped with a stopcock and a capillary tube of approximate 0.025 inches (0.64 mm) inside bore and 5.5 inches (140 mm) long. The lower end of the capillary tube is tapered to form a tip, the drops from which are about 0.05 ml each. To preserve an effectively constant level, a small glass tube is inserted in the top of the funnel through a rubber stopper and its position is to be adjusted so that , when the stopcock is open ,the rate of dropping is 100 ?5 drops per minute. If desired, an additional stopcock may be used in place of the glass tube to control the rate of dropping.
测验办法(溶液)(是)要在玻璃容器(船)有退场口的多分隔符的漏斗用 水龙头 和一毛细管管子近似
0.025 英吋 ( 0.64 毫米) 装备中含有(容纳)在钻孔和 5.5 英吋 ( 140 毫米) 长(久)里面。使毛细管
管子的低的末端逐渐减少(以)形成一个小费, 它的下降(雨滴)每一个是大约 0.05 毫升 。 为了保存
一个有效地经常(不变)的水平(层次), 把小玻璃管子插入透过一个橡皮(胶)制动器, 漏斗的顶部并且
它的位置(是)要调整, 因此, 当 水龙头 是公开(开着)的时, 落下的价格(比率)是每分钟的 100 个?
5 个下降(雨滴)。 如果希望(愿望), 可以(可能)用附加 水龙头 代替玻璃管子来控制落下的价格(比
率)。
36.3 The sample and the test solution should be kept in the test room long enough to acquire the temperature of the room, which should be noted and recorded. The test is to be 0F (21-32?). conducted at a room temperature of 70-90
样品和测验办法(溶液)应该在测验房间(空间)中长期得足以获得房间(空间)的温度的被保持, 这(是)
应该注意到和记录。 测验(是)要以 70 - 900不及格 的一个室温实施(导引) ( 21 - 32 ?) 。
36.4 Each sample is to be thoroughly cleaned before testing. All grease, lacquer, paint, and other nonmetallic coatings are to be removed completely by means of acceptable solvents. Samples are then to be thoroughly rinsed in water and dried with clean cheesecloth. Care should be exercised to avoid contact of the cleaned surface with the hands or any foreign material.
每一个样品都(是)要在测验前彻底地清洁。 所有都油脂, 漆, 油漆(颜料), 并且其它非金属 coatings
完全(是)要借助于可接受的溶剂移走。 样品彻底地(是)要那时(然后)在水中冲洗和用干净 包干酪纱
布 干(燥)。 小心应该执行(训练)(以)用手或者任何外国材料避免(避开)清洁的表面的接触。
36.5 the sample to be tested is to be supported 0.7 -1 inch (17-25 mm ) below the orifice, so that the drops of solution strike the point to be tested and run off quickly. The surface to be tested should be inclined about 45 degrees from horizontal.
测验的样品(是)要在孔口下面支持 0.7 - 1 英吋 ( 17 - 25 毫米) , 因此办法(溶液)的下降(雨滴)敲
击测验和跑开了的这个点敲击得迅速。 应该使测验的这个表面倾斜大约距离水平的 45 度。
36.6 After cleaning, the sample to be tested is to be put in place under the orifice. The stopcock is to be opened and the time in seconds is to be measured with a stop watch until the dropping solution dissolves off the protective metal coating, exposing the base metal. The end point is the first appearance of the base metal recognizable by the change in color at that point.
在清洁以后, 测验的样品(是)要放入孔口下的地方。 水龙头 (是)要开并且秒的时间(是)要用一个秒
表测量直到下落办法(溶液)离开溶解(解散)保护金属涂, 暴露(揭露)基本金属。端点在那端点根据颜色
的变化是基本金属可以认知的第一个出现(外表)。
36.7 Each sample of a test lot is to be subjected to the test at three or ore points, excluding cut, stenciled, and threaded surfaces, on the inside surface and at an equal number of points on the outside surface, at places where the metal coating may be expected to be the thinnest. On enclosures made from precoated sheets, the external corners that are subjected to the greatest deformation are likely to have thin coatings.
测验的每一个样品都(是)要在三点或者矿石的点, 排除切(挖), 型板, 和线(丝)易受测验表面, 在内部
表面上和对于外部表面上点的同等数字(目), 在可以(可能)期望这件金属涂最薄的地方。 在由
precoated 片组成(制成)的包围上, 易受最很大的变形的外部角落很有可能有薄 coatings 。
36.8 To calculate the thickness of the coating being tested, select from Table 36.1 the thickness factor appropriate for the temperature at which the test was conducted and multiply by the time in seconds required to expose base metal as noted in 36.6. 为了计算测试薄层的厚度, 从桌子 36.1 选择和在时间以前成倍增加对(用 )于 温度的厚度原素适
当, 以其(温度)在要求(以)在 36.6 中如同注意到那样暴露(揭露)基本金属的秒以内实施(导引)测验。
37 Dust Test (灰尘测试)
37.1 To determine compliance with footnote b in Table 18.1, six samples, each mounted in a different mounting orientation, are to be placed, deenergized, in an air-tight chamber having 3an internal volume of at least 3 cubic feet (0.09 m).
要确定是否符合表18.1的脚注,6个样品,每个用不同的方向定位放置在一个密闭的容积至少3立方
英尺的室内.
37.2 Two oz(0.06 kg) of cement dust, maintained at a relative humidity of 20-50 percent and capable of passing through a 200 mesh screen, is to be circulated for 15minutes by means of compressed air or a blower so as to completely envelop the sample in the chamber. The air flow is to be maintained at an air velocity of approximately 50 fpm (0.25 m/s). 2盎司(0.06KG)的水泥灰尘,在相对湿度为20-50个比例时,可以通过200网眼的隔板,通过压缩空气
或吹风机使灰尘完全包住样品在室内循环15分钟。空气的流动大约为50FPM(0.25M/秒).
37.3 Following the exposure to dust, the sample exterior shall be carefully cleaned. The sample is then to be opened and examined for the presence of dust. If there is no evidence of dust within the interior, the sample can be considered ―closed-in‖ for spacing purposes.
See Table 18.1.
做完灰尘测试以后,样品的外表必须小心的清洁干凈。然后打开样品检查有没有灰尘。如果样品内部
没有灰尘,这个样品可以认为是‖密闭‖的有达到间隔的目的。看表18.1
37A Permanence of Marking(标志的永久性)
37A.1 An adhesive backed label as mentioned in 39.12 and 39.2.2 shall comply with the Standard for Marking and Labeling Systems, UL 969.
37A.1 added July 4, 1995 在39.12和39.2.2提到的背面有粘性的标签必须符合UL969标志和标签体系标准
37A.2 Labels required by 39.2.2 that come in contact with uninsulated live parts shall be of a nonconductive material that complies with the Dielectric Breakdown Test, Section 8, the Moisture Absorption Test, Section 10 and the Test for Indirect Measurement of Conductor Corrosion, Section 15, of the Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape, UL 510.
37A.2 revised September 26, 2002
39.2.2要求的标签会和不绝缘的火线脚接触,所以它的材料必须为不可导电,符合UL 150的PVC、聚
乙烯及橡胶胶布测试标准中第8节的介质故障测试,第10节的湿气吸收测试,第15节的导体腐蚀的间
接测试.
37B Reserved for future use(保留到将来使用)
Section 37B deleted and reserved for future use September 27, 2002
37C Reserved for future use(保留到将来使用)
37D reserved for future use(保留到将来使用)
37E Operating Mechanism Test(机械操作测试)
Added Section 37E effective January 1, 2003
37E.1 Unless the electronics are connected to the line side of the contacts it will be necessary to verify compliance with 19.1 by testing the ground-fault circuit-interrupter as follows:
除非有电子零件会和火线端子接触才有必要测试GFCI是否符合19.1,如下:
a) The ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be connected as shown in Figure 24.1,
GFCI如图24.1连接;
b) The resistance R is to be adjusted to obtain a ground fault current of 6 B
mA,
阻抗值要调整到6MA的地线错误电流
c) Switches S, S, are closed, and switch S is open, 123
开关S1,S2关闭,S3打开
the GFCI having been d) The 6 mA current is passed by closing switch S3
closed and the operating means being held in the closed position. The GFCI shall
trip.
6MA的电流通过GFCI已关闭的开关S3,并在关闭的位置上操作。GFCI必须旅行.
37E.2 The test in 37E.1 is then repeated by moving the operating means of the GFCI slowly over a period of approximately 1 second to a position where the current starts to flow. Tripping shall occur without further movement of the operating means.
37E.1的测试通过GFCI的操作方式缓慢地在电流开始的位置移动大约1秒钟。旅行不需操作方式的
更多移动即可出现。
37E.3 Both the test in 37E.1 and 37E.2 are to be performed three times, at least once on each pole intended to be connected to phase.
37E.1和37E.2的测试都要做3次,至少要在每个要连接到相位的极上做一次。
MARKINGS(标志)
38 Details(细节)
Section 38 Title revised
January 4, 1995
38.1 General(总则)
Sub-heading 38.1 added and replaces 38.1 which has been relocated as added 39.1.1 January 4, 1995
38.1.1 a ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be marked with manufacturer’s name,
trademark, or other suitable means of identification and the electrical ratings in voltage, frequency, and load capacity in amperes. The load-capacity marking of a cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall include watts.
一个GFCI的产品必须标志制造商的名字、商标或其它身份的标示和电压、频率及电流。电流的标
示要包含瓦特数。
38.13 relocated as added 38.1.1 January 4, 1995
38.1.2 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be legibly and permanently marked with the date or other dating period of manufacture not exceeding any three consecutive months. GFCI的产品要清楚和永久的标示日期或制造的日期段(不可超过连续的三个月)
Exception: The date of manufacture may be abbreviated, or may be in a nationally accepted conventional code, or in a code affirmed by the manufacturer, provided that the code:
例外:制造的日期可以缩短,也可以用国际的缩写惯例,或是制造商申明的规则,规则提供如下:
a) Does not repeat in less than 20 years, and
至少20年不能重复,并
b) Does not require reference to the production records of the manufacture to determine when the product was manufactured.
38.18 relocated as added 38.12 January 4, 1995
不需要参考制造商的生产记录去决定产品是何时生产的;
38.1.3 An enclosure that has been found to be rainproof may be marked ―Rainproof‖.
39.9 relocated as added 38.1.3 January 4, 1995
外壳是防水的,就必须标上―Rainproof‖
38.2 Permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupters
Sub-heading 38.2 added ad replaces 38.2 which has been relocated as added 39.2.9 January 4, 1995
GCFI的永久性连接
38.2.1 Except if Suitable wire connectors are packed with a ground-fault circuit-interrupter employing terminal leads, the gauge of the terminal leads shall be marked on the device.
39.8 relocated as added 38.2.1 January 4, 1995
为了确保和带端子引线的GFCI装在一起的是正确的电线连接器,产品上要标示端子引线的AWG数。
38.2.2 Unless a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter has been found suitable for use where it may be exposed to rain, it shall be marked where visible during installation in letters 1/8 inch (3.2mm) high with the words :“do not use where exposed to
rain”, or the equivalent
当产品暴露在雨中时,除非一个永久连接的GFCI适合在雨中,必须在安装信件可看得见的地方打字
3.2MM高的字‖当暴露在雨中时不要使用‖,或替代品
39.7 relocated as added 38.2.2 January 4, 1995
38.2.3 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter that has been found suitable for connection to a conduit which extends directly to an underwater pool light forming shell may be so marked.
39.10 relocated as added 38.2.3 January 4, 1995 一个GFCI的产品适合于连接一个直通到水池灯壳的导管,可以做此标志。
38.2.4 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall have its terminals legibly and permanently marked ―Line‖ and ―Load‖, and ―Hot‖ and ―White‖ as appropriate. If a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter is provided with leads, the location where the leads exit the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, shall be legibly and permanently marked ―Line‖ and ―Load‖, and ―Hot‖ and ―White‖ or ―gray‖ as appropriate.
Added 38.24.4 effective November 13, 1998 一个永久连接的GFCI必须要在它的端子上清楚和永久地标示‖LINE‖和‖LOAD‖,和‖HOT‖
和‖WHITE‖。如果一个永久性连接的GFCI还和引线一起提供,GFCI上装引线的位置必须清楚和永
久地标示‖LINE‖和‖LOAD‖,和‖HOT‖和‖WHITE‖及‖WHITE‖和‖GRAY‖。
38.2.5 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be marked in letters at east 1/8 inch (3.2mm) high:
一个永久连接的GFCI的标志字母必须至少有3.2MM高。
―For use on grounded circuits‖
For a Class A device:
针对A级产品
―To minimize false tripping do not connect to swimming-pool equipment
installed before adoption of the 1965 National Electrical Code,‖ and
―在引用1965国际电器法则前,要将连接到游泳池组装设备的错误旅行减到最少‖
For a Class B device:
针对B级产品
―1. Use only wit underwater swimming-pool lighting fixtures installed before
adoption of the 1965 National Electrical Code. CAUTION-To prevent electrical
shock, disconnect power before servicing fixtures.
―1.在引用1965国际电器法则前,只适用于水下照明游泳池。警告—为防止电击,在安装之前切断电
源‖
―2. To minimize false tripping: Do not connect to more than (------) feet
(and/or ----- meters) of load conductor for the total one-way run‖. The blank shall be
filled in with the appropriate length, in accordance with Table 39.1. See also 25.3.
39.2.3 relocated as added 38.2.5 May 13, 1998
―2.为将错误的旅行减到最少,
38.2.6 Marking of a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall include the Class.
39.2.12 relocated as added 38.2.6 May 13, 1998
38.3 Portable ground-fault circuit-interrupters
Sub-heading 383.3added and replaces 38.3 which has been revised and relocated as
added 39.1.2 January 4, 1995
38.3.1 A cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be marked in letters at least 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) high, with the word ―WARNING‖ and the following or equivalent wording. ―To reduce the risk of electric shock the supervisory circuit must be operated before an appliance is plugged into any receptacle on the device. The marking shall describe the indication given by operation of the supervisory circuit and inform the user that, in the event of an indication of improper functioning, the cause of the malfunction is to be corrected before further use of the device.
38.11 relocated as added 38.3.1 January 4, 1995
38.3.2 A cord-connected device shall be marked with a statement to the effect that the device does not guard against electric shock resulting from:
a) Some possible defects or faults in an extension cord or other wiring
supplying the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, or
b) Contact with both circuit conductors.
38.16 relocated as added 38.3.2 January 4, 1995
38.3.3 A cord connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter not provided with a permanently attached cord 6 ft(1.83 m) or longer in length, shall be marked with the following or equivalent wording ―This product should be used only with a three-conductor, 120 volt,-----
ampere (15, 20, or 30 A ) supply cord set employing Type ST,SO,STO, SJT, SJO, or SJTO cord. In event of cord set damage, it should be replaced only with an equivalent cord set ―.
38.17 relocated as added 38.3.3 January 4, 1995
38.3.4 Unless a cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter has been found suitable for use in wet locations, it shall be marked‖ Do not use where water is likely to enter case‖ or the equivalent.
38.15 relocated as 38.3.4 January 4, 1995
38.4 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.5 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.6 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.7 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.8 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.10 January 4, 1995
38.9 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.11 January 4, 1995
38.10 Relocated as added 39.2.12 January 4, 1995
38.11 Relocated as added 38.3.1 January 4, 1995
38.12 Relocated as added 39.2.13 January 4, 1995
38.13 Relocated as added 38.1.1 January 4, 1995
38.14 Relocated as added 39.2.8 January 4, 1995
38.15 Relocated as added 38.3.4 January 4, 1995
38.16 Relocated as added 38.3.2 January 4, 1995
38.17 Revised and relocated as added 38.3.2 January 4, 1995
38.18 Relocated as added 38.1.2 January 4, 1995
39 Installation Instructions
39.1 General
Sub-heading 39.1 added and replaces 39.1 which has been relocated as added 39.2.1
January 4, 1995
39.1.1 There shall be plain, legible, and durable instructions for effective use of a ground-fault circuit-interrupter. Whenever possible, such instruction are to appear on the device, and be so located that they may be readily viewed without the use of tools, and while a permanently-connected device is operating normally,
A GFCI that can not accommodate legible instructions, due to the size of the instructions, the size of the device, or both, may have the required instructions supplied on ―stuffer sheets‖ provided with the GFCI. A receptacle-type GFCI shall be provided with an
installation instruction sheet as specified in 39.1.1.1.
Revised 39.1.1 effective November 13, 1998
39.1.1.1 Each receptacle-type GFCI shall be provided with the installation instructions shown in Figures 39.1-39.6. The installation instruction sheet, containing the detail of all six figures, shall not be smaller than 8-1/2 inches (215.9 mm) high × 16- 1/2 inches (419.1 mm)
long, consisting of 12 panels (for folding), each no smaller than 4- 1/4 inches (108 mm) high ×2 -3/4 inches (69.9 mm) long. The front of the installation instructions shall contain the manufacture’s name, cautionary note, and steps 1-6 as shown in Figures 39.1-39.3. The
back of the installation instruction sheet shall contain steps 7and 8 as shown in Figures 39.4-39.6. The only modifications that may be made to the content of the instructions are those necessary for including the manufacturer’s name , model, and warranty information, and any product configurations different from those represented in the figures. A GFCI that is provided with these installation instructions need not additionally be provided with the instructions detailed in 39.2.4, 39.2.8, or 39.2.10.
Added 39.1.1.1 effective November 13, 1998
39.1.2 If the instructions in 39.1.1 are included on an adhesive-backed label, the label shall comply with the requirements of 37 A.1.
38.3 revised and relocated as added 39.1.2 effective July 4,
1995
39.2 Permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupters
Sub-heading 39.2 added and replaces 39.2 which has been relocated as added 39.2.3 January 4, 1995
39.2.1 Those installation instructions required to be on a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be either continuously exposed to views, or shall become exposed to view when the field-wiring terminals are exposed to view.
39.1 relocated as added 39.2.1 January 4, 1995
39.2.2 A receptacle type GFCI shall be provided with an adhesive label that either covers the load terminals or is wrapped around the load leads. The label shall be safety yellow in accordance with the Standard for Product safety Signs and Labels, ANSI Z535.4 or an equivalent yellow, with black lettering and shall contain the following or equivalent :‖ATTENTION [in letters at least 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) high]‖ The load terminals under this label are for feeding additional receptacles. Miswiring can leave this outlet without ground fault protection. Read instructions prior to wiring.‖
Added 39.2.2 effective July 4, 1995
39.2.3 Relocated as added 38.2.5 May 13, 1998
39.2.4 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be provided with installation instructions that include the following either in written text or pictorial form:
a) A description of how to differentiate ―Line‖ conductors from
―Load‖ conductors, and a description of the proper method of connection the
conductors to the GFCI, and
b) A description of how to determine whether the GFCI has been
wired properly and how to determine whether it functions properly after it has
been wired.
Added 39.2.4 effective July 4, 1995
39.2.5 Deleted May 13, 1998
39.2.6 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be clearly marked so as to minimize the occurrence of miswiring of the conductors to the means of termination provided. See 15.7.
39.5 revised and relocated as added 39.2.6 January 4, 1995
39.2.7 In determining compliance with the provisions of 39.2.6, consideration is to be given to:
a) Wire gauge,
b) whether conductors are copper or aluminum,
c) Whether terminals are for grounded, grounding, line, or load connection, and
d) Whether conductors are solid or stranded.
39.6 revised and relocated as added 39.2.7 January 4, 1995
39.2.8 A statement to the effect that the device does not guard against electric shock resulting from contact with both circuit conductors shall appear on a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter or in literature packed with the device.
38.14 relocated as added 39.2.8 January 4, 1995
39.2.9 There is to be suitable reference on a ground-fault circuit-interrupter to the location of any of the instructions mentioned in 39.1.1 that are not on the device.
38.2 revised and relocated as added 39.2.9 January 4, 1995
39.2.10 For a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter, there shall be instructions to operate the supervisory circuit upon installation and at least as frequently as monthly. Part of these instructions may be omitted from the device when complete instructions are provide on literature packaged with the device.
38.8 relocated as 39.2.10 January 4, 1995
39.2.11 The instructions mentioned in 39.2.10 shall include on the device a description of the indication given by instructions for the normal operation of the supervisory circuit.
38.9 revised and relocated as added 39.2.11 January 4, 1995
39.2.12 Relocated as added 38.2.6 May 13, 1998
39.2.13 Deleted May 13, 1998
39.3 Deleted January 4, 1995
39.4 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.5 January 4, 1995
39.5 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.6 January 4, 1995
39.6 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.7 January 4, 1995
39.7 Relocated as added 39.2.2 January 4, 1995
39.8 Relocated as added 38.1.3 January 4, 1995
39.9 Relocated as added 38.1.3 January 4, 1995
39.10 Relocated as added 38.2.3 January 4,1995
SUPPLEMENT SA-OPTIONAL 10 KA SHORT CIRCUIT TEST FOR OUTLET-BOX TYPE
GROUND-FAUL CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTERS.
INTRODUCTION
SA1 Scope
Section SA1 added March 24, 1997
SA1.1 These requirements in this supplement cover an optional test procedure for a ground-fault circuit-interrupter.
SA1.2 These requirements are intended to verify the optional 10ka short circuit current capabilities for a ground-fault circuit-interrupter employed in applications such as power outlets, where higher currents are available.
SA1.3 The ground-fault circuit-interrupter mentioned in SA1.2 shall comply with the applicable requirements of this standard, UL 943, except as modified by the requirements contained in this supplement.
SA1.4 The requirements of this supplement do not apply to a portable ground-fault circuit-interrupter.
PERFORMANCE
SA2 General
Section SA2 added March 24, 1997
SA2.1 Representative outlet-box type ground-fault circuit-interrupters shall be subjected to the Extra-Low-Resistance Ground Fault Test in Section 34 and the shout Circuit Test in Section 35 except the prospective current is to be 10,000 rms Symmetrical Amperes and the power factor in the range of 0.45to 0.50
SA2.2 In the tests mentioned in SA2.1 each representative device tested shall be operational after each test. Operation shall be verified by the supervisory circuit remaining operable upon completion of each test. The representative devices tested shall also comply with Dielectric Voltage-Withstand Test, Section 29. See also 21.2 for representative device selection.
MARKINGS
SA3 General
Section SA3 added March 24, 1997
SA3.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter that complies with SA2.1 and SA2.2 shall not be marked to indicate the ability to withstand a 10KA short circuit current as a result of these tests.
APPENDIX A
Standards for Components
Standards under which components of the products covered by this standard are evaluated include the following:
Title of Standard – UL standard Designation
Attachment Plugs and Receptacles- UL 498
Boxes, Junction, for Swimming Pool Lighting Fixtures – UL 1241
Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords-UL 817
Double Insulation Systems for Use in Electrical Equipment – UL 1097
Flexible cord and Fixture wire –UL 62
Fuseholders UL 512
Industrial Control Equipment – UL 508
Optical Isolators - UL 1577
Plastic Materials for Parts in devices and Appliances, Tests for Flammability of - UL 94 Polymeric Materials – Long Term Property Evaluations – UL 746B
Polymeric Materials – Short Term Property Evaluations – UL 746A
Polymeric Materials – Use in Electrical Equipment Evaluations –UL 746C
Printed-Wiring Boards, Electrical –UL 796
Semiconductor Devices, Electrically Isolated –UL 1557
Sharpness of Edges on Equipment, determination of –UL 1439
Switches, Special –UL 1054
Systems of Insulation Materials – General – UL 1446
Tape, Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating – UL 510
Terminal Blocks, Electrical – UL 1059
Terminals, Electrical Quick-Connect – UL 310
Tubing, Extruded Insulation – UL 224
Wire Connectors, and Soldering Lugs For Use With copper Conductors – UL 486A
Wire connectors for Use with Aluminum Conductors – UL 486B
Wire Connectors, Splicing – UL 486C
Wires and Cables, Rubber-Insulated – UL 44
Wires and Cables, Thermoplastic – Insulated –UL 83
Wiring Terminals, Equipment, for Use With aluminum and/or Copper Conductors – UL 486 E
September 27, 2002
Superseded requirements for
The Standard for
Ground-fault Circuit-Interrupters
UL 943, Third Edition
The requirements shown are the current requirements that have been superseded by requirements in revisions issued for this standard. To retain the current requirements, do not discard the following requirements until the future effective dates are reached.
19.1 Compliance with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4 shall not be prevented by
manipulation or restraint of accessible control levers, knobs, and the like of a ground-fault circuit-interrupter.
23 Voltage Surge Test
23.1 The sample shall be subjected to the following surge voltage impulses in the order given:
a) Ten random applications or three controlled applications of a 6 KV
surge impulse at 60 second intervals. Tripping of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter is not acceptable.
b) Ten random applications or three controlled applications of a 3 KV
surge impulse at 60 second intervals. Tripping of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter is not a acceptable.
23.2 The sample is to be connected to a supply of rated voltage. The grounding lead or terminal of the sample is to be connected to the supply conductor serving as the neutral. The sample is to be in the ―on‖ condition with no load connected. For each application, the voltage is to have the specified initial peak amplitude of 6 or 3 KV when applied to the 60 Hz supply to the unit under test. Each of the ten applications is to be random with respect to the phase of the 60 Hz supply voltage. If three controlled applications are employed, one application is to be at essentially zero of the supply voltage wave, one at positive peak and one at negative peak.
23.3 The surge generator is to have a surge impedance of 50 ohms. When there is no load on the generator, the waveform of the surge is to be essentially as follows:
a) Initial rise time, 0.5 microseconds between 10 percent and 90 percent of peak amplitude,
b) The period of the following oscillatory wave, 10 microseconds, and
c) Each successive peak, 60 percent of the preceding peak.
23.4 Figures 23.1 and 23.2 show a typical sure generator and control relay.
26 Resistance to Environmental Noise Test
26.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall resist tripping from the effects of an RF signal varied from 10-450 MHz and function properly when tested in accordance with 26.2-26.5.
26.2 The test circuit for environmental electrical noise is to be as shown in Figure 26.1. The test equipment is defined in Items a - d of this paragraph.
a) RF Signal Generator
Frequency Range: 10 to 450 MHz min
Accuracy: ?3% after warm-up
Modulation: Continuous Wave (CW)
Adjustable Output Attenuator
Spectral Purity:
Harmonic distortion (output power ? + 3 dBm):
<-20 dBc.
Spurious output signals, subharmonically and nonharmonically related
(Excluding line related) L <-100 dBc
Residual AM (average rms): -555 dBc in a 50Hz
to 15kHz post-detection noise bandwidth.
Residual FM on CW (averaged rms deviation):<0.3 ppm in a 0.3
to 3 kHz post-detection noise bandwidth: <0.5 ppm in a 50Hz to 15 kHz
post-detection noise bandwidth.
Output Voltage: Is to be capable of delivering 0.5 V rms min
across a 51 ohm resistive load.
b) High Frequency Voltmeter
Frequency Range: 10 to 450 MHz min
Voltage Range: Is to have a range suitable for measuring a
value of 0.5 V rms to an accuracy of ?3%.
Input Impedance: >10M ohm shunted by 1.5 pF or less
capacitance.
c) RF Coupling Fixture
The RF coupling fixture is to be constructed in accordance
with Figure 26.2.
Modifications to the Coupling Fixture which may be required
by the product configuration are to comply with 26.3. The bill-of-materials
for the fixture appears in Table 26.1.
d) Isolation Transformer
Secondary Voltage: Rated voltage for the GFCI under test.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
VA: 225 min
Triad-Utrad N55M or equivalent
26.3 If the ground-fault circuit-interrupter contains integral wire connections, they are not to
be shortened, Lengthened, or altered in any way when connected to the test
equipment. GFCI’s employing field wiring terminals are to be connected to 2the fixture with No. 14 AWG (2.1mm) solid wire leads, 6?1/2 inches (152?
13 mm) long.
26.4 Prior to initiation of the test, the signal generator and amplifier are to warm up and
stabilize.
26.5 The test sequence, with reference to the test circuit in figure 26.1, is as follows:
a) With switch S1 open, the line terminals of the test GFCI are to
be connected to the test fixture of figure 26.2, observing proper polarity.
b) Set the signal generator to the first test frequency. Connect the
voltmeter to the voltmeter test point. The GFCI under test is to be in the
―tripped‖ or ―off‖ position while setting up the RF Voltage to prevent
loading effect on the RF generator. (If necessary the test GFCI may be
removed from the test fixture while setting the RF voltage)
c) adjust the output of the amplifier until the voltmeter reads 0.5
V rms ?5%. Disconnect the voltmeter from the voltmeter test point.
d) Turn ―on‖ or reset the GFCI under test. Close switch S1 to
apply rated voltage to the GFCI. The GFCI’s shall not trip for a period of 30 s
after application of the ac voltage and RF signal.
e) Depress the test switch to energize the supervisory circuit of
the GFCI under test. The GFCI shall trip.
f) Open switch S1, and set the signal generator to the next test
frequency given in Table 26.2. Repeat steps b –e until the GFCI has been
evaluated at each of the test frequencies given in Table 26.2.
UL 943
1 Scope(范围)
1.3 These requirements cover ground-fault circuit-interrupters intended for use only in
alternating-current circuits wherein one of the wires is grounded in accordance with the
National Electrical code. These devices are intended for use on 120Vac or 120/240Vac,
60 Hz circuits.
UL943标准包括在国家电力法规中任何仅用于交流电路的GFCI，这些装置辑使用于120Vac 或
120/240Vac 60Hz 的电路。
1.4 These requirements do not cover GFCI intended for use in circuits served by a
transformer having winding wholly insulated from each other.
UL943标准不包括以一个所有线圈相互绝缘的变压器作适配器的线路中的GFCI。
3.3 A GFCI as covered by these requirements is a device whose function is to interrupt the
electric circuit to the load when a fault current to ground exceeds some predetermined
value that is less than that required to operate the over current protective device of the
supply circuit.
一个适合UL943标准的GFCI它的功能是断开负载的电路装置, 当负载对地电流超过一些预定值
时必需运行供给电路中的过流保护器。
3.4 Deleted April 15,2002
4 Glossary(朮语)
2.1 ACCESSIBLE PART - A part so located that it can be contacted by a person, either
directly or by means of a probe or tool.
易接触的零件 – 一个零件的位置它能被人体接触，或者直接的或者用探针或或用工具。
2.2 AUTOMATIC RECLOSURE – Denotes the act of a GFCI resetting itself after having been tripped.
自动机械重复关闭 – 是指一个接地短路保护装置被断开后可以重新设定它本身。
4.3 CLASS A – Denotes a GFCI that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or
more.
CLASS A – 是指一个GFCI当有一错误接地电流大于或等于6mA时，它心须将负载断
开.
4.4 CLASS B – Denotes a GFCI that will trip when a fault current to ground is 20 mA or more.
CLASS B – 是指 一个接地短路保护装置当有一错误接地电流大于或等于20mA时，
它心须将负载断开.
4.5 CORD-CONNECTE – Denotes connection to a supply circuit by way of a flexible
cord terminating in an attachment plug.
电线连结 – 是指用一条尾端有插座软的长电线连结到一个供给电路。
4.6 DOUBLE INSULATION – The insulation system resulting from a combination of
functional and supplementary insulation.
双重绝缘 – 这种绝缘方式是由一个结合的功能绝缘和一个补助绝缘。
4.7 ENERGIZED PART – A part at some potential with respect to another part, or to earth.
活动零件 -
4.8 FUNCTIONAL INSULATION – The insulation necessary for the proper functioning
of the device, and for basic protection against electrical shock hazard.
功能绝缘 – 绝缘必需适合于特定的装置机能装置和对抗危险电击的基本保护。
4.9 GROUND FAULT – Denotes an unintentional electrical path between a part
operating normally at some potential to ground, and ground.
接地短路 – 是指一个无意的在一个正常运行的零件.
4.10 LEAKAGE CURRENT – Denotes all currents including capacitively coupled
currents which may be conveyed between energized parts of a circuit and (1) ground or
(2) other parts.
漏电电流 – 是指所有的电流包括电容连接的电流可能在一个巡回电路的能量零件之间
传递(1)地线或(2)其它零件.
4.10.1 OUTLET – BOX TYPE GROUND – FAULT CIRCUIT – INTERRUPTER- A permanently
connected GFCI provided with a mounting yoke for mounting in an outlet box; may or
may not be provided with receptacle outlets. May be referred to as a receptacle – type
GFCI.
出线盒接地短路保护装置 -永久连接的接地短路保护装置在一个出线盒提供由于一个架设轭给架
设盒子;可能或不可能具有插座输出. 可被称为插座类型 GFCI.
4.11 PERMANENTLY CONNECTED – Denotes connection to a supply circuit by way of
fixed electrical conductors.
永久连接 – 是指电导体固定连接到一个供给电路。
4.12 PORTABLE GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTER – A plug-in type GFCI
provided with male blades for connection to a receptacle, or one that is
cord-connected.(see 2.5)
携带型接地短路保护装置 – 使用插头输入类接地短路保护装置，它用公端子连接一个插
座，或者就是说用一条电线连接.
4.13 RAINPROOF – Denotes a GFCI so constructed as to prevent rain from interrupter
provided with its successful operation.
防水 - 是指GFCI它的结构能防止来自雨水的影响保持正常的运行。
4.14 RATED CURRENT – The marked value of current.
额定电流 – 标定的电流值。
4.15 RATED VOLTAGE – For devices with a marked voltage within the range of
110~125V, the rated voltage is to be considered to be 120V. For devices with an
additional marked voltage within the range of 190-250V, the rated voltage is considered
to be 120/240V.
额定电压 – 对于装置的标定电压在110~125V的范围，额定电压被视为120V。对于
装置有一附加的标定电压在190-250V，额定电压被视为120/240V。
4.16 REINFORCED INSULATION – An insulation providing protection against electrical
shock hazard that is equivalent to double insulation.
加强绝缘 – 如有一绝缘它的抗高压电击保护就是给同等物双重绝缘。
4.17 ROOM TEMPERATURE – Air at 25.0?5.0?(77.0?9.0F).
室内温度 – 25.0?5.0?(77.0?9.0).
4.18 SHOCK HAZARD – A shock hazard is considered to exist at a part of a GFCI if:
电击危险 – 如果GFCI的零件被认为存在电击危险:
c) There would be current of 6m A or more in a resistance of 500 Ohms connected
between the part in question and the grounded supply conductor, and
在接地供应导线和被考虑的零件之间相连接一个500 Ohms 的电阻中将有6mA 或更大
的电流。
d) The device would not operate to open the circuit to the 500-ohm resistor within
the time allowed in 24.1.1
4.19 SUPPLEMENTARY INSULATION – An independent insulation provided in
addition to the functional insulation to insure protection against electric shock
hazard in the event that functional insulation should fail.
补助绝缘 – 如功能绝缘将不合格增加一个独立的绝缘到功能绝缘确保保护抗高压
电击。
4.20 TRIP – Denotes automatic interruption by the GFCI of the electric circuit to the
load.
跳闸 – 是指接地短路保护装置自动中断负载电路。
5 Components ( 零件 )
3.1 Except as indicated in 3.2, a component of a product covered by this standard shall
comply with the requirements for that component. See Appendix A for a list of standards
covering components used in the products covered by this standard.
除与3.2说明的外，产品内的某个零件将参照标准的要求。见附录A有包含一些零件使用标准在
这产品标准内。
3.2 A component is not required to comply with a specific requirement that:
以下零件不需要参照明确的要求:
c) Involves a feature or characteristic not requited in the application of the component
in the product covered by this standard, or
在这产品里具有一个特征或特性的零件不显示在标准申请内。
d) Is superseded by a requirement in this standard. (3.2 revised September 18, 2000)
在这标准里可取代的要求。
3.3 A component shall be used in accordance with its rating established for the intended
conditions of use. (3.3 revised September 18, 2000)
零件的使用条件级别是一致的。
5.4 Specific components are incomplete in construction features or restricted in
performance capabilities. Such components are intended for use only under limited
conditions, such as certain temperatures not exceeding specified limits and shall be
used only under those specific conditions. (3.4 revised September 18, 2000)
在结构特征上不完善或在运作功能方面受到限制的特殊零件. 这样的零件只在预定有限制的条
件下使用,例如 某温度没有非常的极限说明和将使用其它的特定条件下.
6 Units of Measurement ( 测量单位 )
4.1 Values stated without parentheses are the requirement. Values in parentheses are
explanatory or approximate information. (4 .1 revised September 18, 2000)
重要的规定不是包含这要求,包含是重要的说明或最近的通知。
7 Reference
5.1 Any undated reference to a code or standard appearing in the requirements of this
standard shall be interpreted as referring to the latest edition of that code or standard.
把对一个代码的任何无定期参考或者在这个标准的需要方面出现的标准将看作涉及那代码或者
标准的最晚的版本。
CONSTRUCTION( 结构 )
6 General ( 概要 )
6.1 The design, workmanship, and degree of production uniformity shall be such that the
reliability of the GFCI to perform the functions evaluated by the requirements will be
high.
生产均匀性的设计, 手艺, 和程度(学位)将是GFCI 的可靠性将是高的完成由需要评价的功能。
6.2 A GFCI intended to serve also as a junction box for swimming-pool equipment shall
comply with the applicable requirements covering swimming-pool junction boxes,
UL1241.
一个GFCI供给浴室的设备同样是一个接线盒将参照适合于浴室内接线盒的要求，
UL1241。
6.3 Male and female contact devices such as plugs, connectors, current taps, and
receptacles provided with, or as an integral part of a GFCI shall also comply with the
applicable construction and performance requirements from the Standard for
Attachment Plug and Receptacles, UL498. (Added 6.3 effective July 4, 1998)
具有公插和母插的连接装置例如插头、连接器、电流开关和插座，或一个主要零件是一个GFCI
其适用的结构和性能要求参照插头和插座的标准，如:UL498。
7 Resistance to Corrosion (耐腐蚀性)
7.1 Parts shall be protected against corrosion if failure of such parts would be likely to
result in a hazardous condition, including failure to perform with high-resistance
ground faults as provided in these requirements. (7.1 revised September 27, 2002)
零件必须可以耐腐蚀,如果失败了,会引起危险,包括不能符合标准所要求的高阻抗接地错误
测试。
如果这样的零件的失败很有可能导引冒险条件使零件将避免腐蚀, 包括未能够用的高阻抗错误
接地完成在这些需要方面提供了。
8 Rainproof Enclosures ( 防水的外壳 )
8.1 A rainproof enclosure shall be so constructed as to exclude a beating rain. The
enclosure shall be provided with external means for mounting, except that internal
means for mounting may be employed if so designed as to prevent water from entering
the enclosure. Metals shall not be used in combination such as to cause galvanic action,
which will affect adversely any part of the device.
能防水外壳的结构将排除雨水淋入。 如果设计有防止雨水进入功能的外壳除了可以使用
内部的装配方法外，还将提供表面装配方法。 将不使用金属装配在这组合中以致有触电的行为，这
样不利装置中的任何零件。
8.2 A rainproof GFCI is to be attached to a vertical clapboard surface as in actual service.
If there is provision for conduit connection at points above the lowest insulation or live
part of the GFCI, an unspecified length of conduit is to be attached with the torque
specified in 11.4. The unattached end of the conduit is to be covered to prevent entry of
water during this test. A water spray is to be applied from three nozzles so located as to
direct the spray against all surfaces that would be exposed to a beating rain. The device
is considered to comply with the provisions of 8.1 if there is no entry of water above the
lowest insulation or lives part of the GFCI.
防水的GFCI在实际服务状态附加垂直的隔板表面。如果有规定导管联接上面的尖端最低的绝缘体
或GFCI带电的零件,和附加未指定长度的导管的转矩规定在 11.4 中。 导管的独立末端在测试期间
能防止雨水的进入。用三个喷管从不同方向对准暴露的所有表面喷射。 如果在最低的绝缘体上面或
者GFCI带电的零件没有水入进入认为这个装置满足 8.1 的要求。
8.3 An elastomeric material, employed to obtain compliance with the provisions of 8.1 shall be adequately resistant to deterioration.
将使用能抵抗退化的象胶材料使得满足8.1中的规定。
8.4 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 8.3, a gasket of rubber or neoprene or a composition thereof is to be exposed for 96 hours to oxygen at a gauge 2 ) gauge and a temperature of 70.0 ? 1.0? pressure of 300 ?10 psi ( 2.07?0.07 MN/m
( 158.0 ? 1.8 ?F ). There is to be no visible evidence of deterioration, or change in hardness of more than 5 numbers (0.0005 inch or 0.013mm) .
为了决定具有8.3中的规定，可用一个橡胶垫圈或橡胶水或一个合成物将其放置在70.0 ? 1.0?
的环境，测量压力为300 ?10 psi(磅/平方英尺)进行测试90小时，不会有明显的退化迹象或它的硬
度变化超过0.013mm.
8.5 Except for threaded holes, there shall not be provision for conduit located above any live part or insulation of the GFCI.
除有孔的外，将不规定GFCI的任何带有套管的或绝缘的零件。
8.6 There shall be provision for drainage of the enclosure, provided that holes for this purpose are to be no larger than ? by ? inch (6.4 by 6.4 mm).
8.7 A rainproof enclosure made of sheet steel having a thickness of 0.120 inch (3.05 mm) or more shall be protected against corrosion by one of the following coatings:
防水外壳为3.05mm 或者更厚的钢板制成使其不受侵入将使用以下一个涂层:
f) Hot dipped mill galvanized sheet steel conforming with the coating designation
G60 or A60 in Table 1 of the Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated
(Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process,
ASTM A653/A653M-94, with not less than 40 percent of the zinc on any side,
based on the minimum single spot teat requirement in this ASTM Specification.
The weight of zinc coating may be determined by any acceptable method;
however, in case of question the weight of coating shall be established in
accordance with the test method of ASTM A90-81 (1991). An A60 (alloyed) coating
shall also comply with 8.10.
热的浸压榨机镀锌电镀张钢为钢张在规格的表 1 中用 涂料指示 G60 或
A60 使一致,锌涂上一层的 (镀锌电镀) 的或锌- 铁合金涂上一层的 (Galvannealed) 的被热-
双式直插式封装程序 , 美国材料试验学会 A653/A653M-94,由于不少于 任何的边上 40% 的
锌,在这件美国材料试验学会规格中基于最小的单一地点奶头需求. 锌涂料的重量可能被任何的
可接受的方法决定;然而,假使涂料的重量符合 美国材料试验学会的测试方法一将被建立的问题
90-81( 1991 ). 一个 A60(使)成合金涂料也将遵从 8.10.
g) A zinc coating, other than that provided on hot dipped mill galvanized sheet
steel, uniformly applied to an average thickness of not less than 0.00041 inch
(0.010mm) on each surface with a minimum thickness of 0.00034 inch (0.009 mm).
The thickness of the coating shall be established by the chromic Acid Dropping
Test, Section 36. An annealed coating shall also comply with 8.10.
锌涂, 除了在热(炎热)沾的工厂上提供的给片钢镀锌了, 不少于 0.00041 英吋
( 0.010毫米 ) 一致地适用于的平均厚度在有 0.00034 英吋最小厚度的每一个表面上
( 0.009 毫米) 。 由铬酸(性物质)下落测验, 部分 36 将建立薄层的厚度。 退火的涂也
将顺从 8.10 。
h) Two coats of an organic finish of the epoxy or alkyd resin type or other outdoors
paint on both surfaces. The suitability of the paint may be determined by
consideration of its composition or by corrosion tests if these are considered
necessary.
在两表面涂上两层环氧树脂或醇酸树脂-树脂类型或其它的户外用油漆。果有
必要的话适当的涂料可能要决定考虑它的成份或者侵入测试。
8.8 A rainproof enclosure made of sheet steel having a thickness of less than 0.120 inch (3.05mm) shall be protected against corrosion be one of the following coatings:
防水外壳为3.05mm 或者更厚的钢板制成使其不受侵入将使用以下一个涂层:
d) Hot dipped mill galvanized sheet steel conforming with the coating Designation
G90 in Table 1 of the Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or
Zinc-lron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process, ASTM
A653/A653M-94, with not less than 40 percent of the zinc on any side, based on
the minimum single spot test requirement in this ASTM Specification. The weight
of zinc coating may be determined by any suitable method; however, in case of
question the weight of coating shall be established in accordance with the test
method of ASTM A90-80 (1991).
e) A zinc coating, other than that provided on hot dipped mill galvanized sheet steel,
uniformly applied to an average thickness of not less than 0.00061 inch (0.015 mm)
on each surface with a minimum thickness of 0.00054 inch (0.014mm). The
thickess of the coating shall be established by the Chromic Acid Dropping Test,
Section 36. An annealed coating shall also comply with 8.10.
f) A cadmium coating not less than 0.001 inch (0.025 mm) thick on both surfaces.
The thickness of coating shall be established by the Chromic Acid Dropping Test,
Section 36.
i) A zinc coating conforming with item a) or b) of 8.7 with one coat of outdoor paint
as specified in item c of 8.7.
镀锌涂层要与8.7中的a)或b)项一致，与8.7中的c)项一层户外油漆的规格一致.
j) A cadmium coating not less than 0.0007 inch (0.019 mm) thick on both surfaces
with one coat of outdoor paint on both surfaces, or not less than 0.00051 inch
(0.013mm) thick on both surfaces with two coats of outdoor paint on both
surfaces. The thickness of the cadmium coating shall be established by the
Chromic Acid Dropping Test, Section 36 and the paint shall be as specified in
item c of 8.7.
一个镉涂料不少于 0.0007 寸 (0.019 公厘) 厚在有两个表面上的户外油漆的一件外套
的两个表面上, 少于 0.00051 寸 (0.013mm) 厚在有两个表面上的户外油漆的二件外
套的两个表面上. 镉涂料的厚度将被含三价的铬酸输液测试，第 36 节和油漆建立将是
如项目 c 所叙述 8.7.
8.9 With reference to 8.7 and 8.8, other finishes, including paints, special metallic finishes and combinations of the two may be accepted when comparative tests with galvanized sheet steel (without annealing, wiping, or other surface treatment) conforming with item a of 8.7 or 8.8, as applicable, indicate they provide equivalent protection. Among the factors which are taken into consideration when judging the
suitability of such coating systems are exposure to salt spray, moist carbon dioxide
sulphur dioxide-air mixtures, moist hydrogen sulphide-air mixtures, ultraviolet light and
water.
关于 8.7 和 8.8,其它的完成, 包括油漆，特别的金属完成和组合那二可能被接受当比较级由于镀
锌电镀张钢 (没有韧化,擦拭, 或其它的表面治疗) 由于项目使一致测试的时候一 8.7 或 8.8 ，
如可适用，指示他们提供相等的保护. 在被考虑的因素之中当判断如此的涂料系统的适合是暴露
加盐于水沫，潮湿的二氧化碳硫磺二氧化物- 空气混合，潮湿的氢硫化物- 空气混合，紫外线光
和水 .
8.10 A hot dipped mill-galvanized A60 (alloyed) coating or an annealed coating on sheet
steel which is bent or similarly formed or extruded or rolled at edge of holes after
annealing shall additionally be painted in the bent or formed area if the bending or
forming process damages the zinc coating.
张是弯曲或者同样地形成或者挤出或者在洞的边缘滚的钢上一个热的浸压榨机- 镀锌电镀
A60(使)成合金涂料或一个被退火的涂料在韧化将附加的被画之后在那弯曲或形成区域是否那弯
曲或形成程序损害锌涂料.
8.11 If flaking or cracking of the zinc coating at the outside radius of the bent or formed
section is visible at 25power magnification. The zinc coating is considered damaged.
Simple sheared or cut edges and punched holes are not considered to be formed.
是否剥落或在外面的半径锌涂料的裂痕那弯曲或形成区段以 25 力量扩大是看得见的. 锌涂料
被认为被损坏的. 简单的修剪或者减少了边缘并且以拳重击了洞没被考虑被形成.
9 Grounding (接地)
9.1 All accessible parts of a permanently connected GFCI that are likely to become
energized if there should be arc-over, insulation failure, or the like, shall be connected
together and to the terminals intended for the equipment grounding conductor (see 15.1).
The resistance of the circuit is not to exceed 0.1 ohm, and the circuit shall be capable of
withstanding continuously a current of 25 A.
所有的可接近的零件永久的连接了对变成激励是有可能的 GFCI 如果应该有弧- 结束，隔离失
败 , 或相似者, 将被一起连接和到终端机为仪器放在地面上领导者想要(看见 15.1). 线路的抵
抗是不要超过 0.1 奥姆,和线路将能够不断地抵抗 25 A的电流.
9.2 In considering the provisions of 9.1, a grounded or insulating barrier may be
employed to reduce the likelihood that accessible parts will become energized.
考虑到9.1的规定，将一个接地或绝缘屏障的放置可减小易接触零件发生导电的可能。
9.3 If provided, the equipment-grounding conductor of a portable or cord-connected
GFCI shall be conductively connected to the grounding contacts of the attachment plug
and of the receptacles, and shall not be connected to accessible conductive parts.
如果在可提式或线连接的 GFCI 的插头和插座仪器放在地面上领导者将传导性的被连接给附着
塞子的放在地面上连络和容器, 而且将不会被连接到可接近的传导性的部份.
10 Frame and Enclosure (外壳结构)
10.1 General 概要
10.1.1 A GFCI shall be so formed and assembled that it can withstand the abuses to
which it might be subjected without affecting spacing, insulation, accessibility of live
parts, performance with high-resistance ground faults, or grounding, to the extent that
the device would fail to comply with these requirements.
GFCI 将是如此的形成和装配以致于它能抵抗它不影响留间隔，隔离，活的部份易接近而可能被
主题的滥用 , 有高抵抗地面过失 , 或放在地面上的表现, 到那范围装置会无法遵从这些需求.
10.1.2 Opening or removal of a door or cover, with or without the use of a separate tool, that
must be opened or removed in order to properly use or install a GFCI shall not increase
the likelihood of accidental injury to any part depended upon for the proper functioning
of the device. The likelihood of such injury will not be considered to have increased if the
part in question has not become accessible. See items a) and b) of 13.2.
打开或一门或掩护的移动,由于或没有分开的工具使用，那一定被打开或移动为了要适当地使用或
安装 GFCI 将不增加被仰赖的对,意外的伤害,任何的部份可能作为适当的装置动作. 是否在
问题中的部份没有变得可接近，如此的受伤可能将不会被考虑有增加. 看见专案一和 b 13.2.
10.1.3 Among the fact ors taken into consideration when the acceptability of enclosure
material is being determined, are (1) physical strength, (2) resistance to moisture
absorption, (3) combustibility, (4) resistance to corrosion, and (5) resistance to distortion
at temperatures to which the enclosure may be subjected under conditions of normal or
abnormal use. For a nonmetallic enclosure, all of these factors are considered with
respect to thermal aging.
在被考虑的因素之中当附件材料的可接受正被决定的时候，实际的力量，对,的抗拒湿气吸收，
燃烧性，对,的抗拒腐蚀和 (5) 对,的抗拒扭曲是 (1) 在温度吗到哪一附件在常态或反常态使
用的情况之下可能被主题. 对于一件非金属的附件，所有的这些因素被考虑有关于热的老化.
10.1.4 An enclosure of sheet metal having the construction indicated in Table 10.1 or 10.2
will generally be considered to have an acceptable level of the factors shown in 10.1.3.
通常将认为有在桌子或者 10.2 10.1 中表明的进行(举行)的金属板的包围有在 10.1.3 中展示
的原素的一个可接受的水平(层次)。
10.1.5 In determining compliance with the provisions of 10.1.1, a permanently connected
GFCI is to be subjected to an externally applied impact of 5 ft-lbs (6.8 J) applied by way
of a solid, smooth, steel sphere 2 inches (50.8 mm) in diameter.
在决定具有满足10.1.1 的要求时, 永久连接的GFCI(是)要易受透过固体, 平滑(顺利), 钢半球 2
英吋 ( 50.8 毫米) 的方法应用的 5 英尺磅 ( 6.8 J ) 的外部应用的冲击(影响)在直径中。
Exception: Receptacle-type GFCI is to be subjected to a 3-ft (0.91 m) drop test onto a concrete floor. The method of doing the test shall be in accordance with the provisions of 10.1.8.
例外: 插座类GFCI要经受一个从3 - 英尺 ( 0.91 M ) 下落到水泥地板的测试。测试的方法将依据
10.1.8 的要求。
10.1.6 The sphere mentioned in 10.1.5 is to be allowed to fall freely from rest through the
distance required to cause the specified impact upon the surface under test. For
surfaces other than horizontal, the sphere may be suspended by a cord and allowed to
fall as a pendulum through the required distance. The GFCI is to be placed against a
vertical wall with the surface to be tested in the same vertical place as the as the point of
support of the pendulum.
在 10.1.5 中提到的半球(是)要允许从休息(静止)到要求(以)在测验中的表面上产生规定的冲击
(影响)的距离自由地落下。对于不同于其它水平的表面, 可以(可能)由一个软线中断(这)一半球和
允许透过需要的距离作为一个钟摆落下。 地面故障电路中断器 (是)要用作为钟摆支持的点在与
相同的垂直地方测验的表面靠着一面垂直墙放置。
10.1.7 The surfaces mentioned in 10.1.6 are those exposed during normal service, including
operating handles, pushbuttons, and the like. Doors that are hinged or sliding or
otherwise captive, and covers that cannot be removed without tools, are to be closed.
Other doors or covers are to be opened or removed. A sample that has been struck is not required to withstand another blow. However, if more than one blow is applied to a single sample, a failure after the first blow is to be disregarded provided that the same surface withstands a blow on another sample. If a device fails during the first test, the device is considered to have failed.
正常使用期间在10.1.6中提到的外露表面包括操作手柄、按扭和相类似的。要是封闭的铰链或滑
动或其它的约束的门，和不能没有工具掩护离开的盖子。其它门或盖子打开的或离开的。一个敲
击过的样品不需要经受另外的冲击。无论如何，如果一个冲击超过使用于两次抽样样品，假如在
第一次冲击失败，忽略在其它样品同一表面经受冲击。如果一个装置在第一次测试中失败，这个
装置被视为不成攻的。
10.1.8 A cord-connected or portable device is to be allowed to fall from a height of three feet such that a different part will strike a hardwood surface in each of three drops. Doors or covers are to be moved to any position by some means not part of the GFCI.
一个线连接或手提式装置允许不同面各3次落下打击一个硬木表面从一个3英尺的高度。用一
些方法使门或外壳的任何位置与GFCI不分开。
10.1.9 The hardwood surface mentioned in 10.1.8 is to consist of a layer of nominal 1-inch tongue-and-groove oak flooring mounted on two layers of ?-inch (19 mm) plywood. The surface is to be a square 4 ft (1.2 m) on a side. The assembly is to rest on a concrete floor or the equivalent.
在10.1.8 中提到的硬木表面是由一层1英尺有微小舌状和凹槽的橡胶地板裱上两层19mm夹板
组成。这表面为一个边为4英尺的正方形。这集合板被放置在室内地板上或同类的。
10.1.10 The maximum acceptable moment, center of gravity, dimensions, and weight of a direct plug-in unit shall comply with the requirements specified in items a, b, c and d. See Figure 10.1 and 10.1.11 and 10.1.12.
一个插头直输入的装置最大可接受的扭力力矩、落地重心、尺寸和重量将参照 a 、 b 、 c和
d, 看图10.1 和10.1.11和10.1.12。
e) The quotient of WY/Z shall not exceed 48 ounces (1361g).
f) The quotient of WY/S shall not exceed 48 ounces (1361g).
g) The product of WX shall not exceed 80 ounces-inches (0.56 Nm).
h) The weight of a unit shall not exceed 28 ounces (794g)
10.1.11 Definition for the symbols used in 10.1.10 is as follows
如下是10.1.10中的公式字母定义
W is the weight of the unit in ounces (g).
W是表示重量单位是盎司(或g).
Y is the distance illustrated in Figure 10.1 in inches (mm).
Y是表示距离如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(或mm).
Z is the lesser of the two distances, Z1 or Z2, as illustrated in Figure 10.1, in inches
(mm).
Z是表示两个较小的尺寸Z1或Z2，如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(mm).
S is the lesser of the two distances, S1 or S2, as illustrated in Figure 10.1, in inches
(mm).
S是表示两个较小的尺寸S1或S2，如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(mm).
X is the greater of the two distances, Z1 or Z2, as illustrated in Figure 10.1, in inches
(mm)
X是表示包括两个尺寸X1或X22，如图10.1所示，单位是英寸(mm).
10.1.12 The moment and weight specified in 10.1.10 are to be determined as follows:
在10.1.10中的扭力力矩和重量规定如下:
c) For units with an output cord, the cord is to be cut off at the enclosure, or at the
strain relief means if the strain relief means is outside the enclosure.
为单位(单元)有一个输出(产量)软线, 软线(是)要在包围切断, 或者以紧张缓解意味着紧张缓解是
否意思是在包围外面。
d) For units with integrally mounted accessories or optional components, the values
are to be measured with the accessories or components in place.
为有完整安装的附属品或者可任意选择的部分的单位元(单元), (价)值(是)要在地方用(这些)附属
品或者部分测量。
适合于装置的整体安装附件或可选择的组件
10.1.13 when inserted in a parallel-bladed duplex receptacle, any part of a unit, including
output wiring, shall not interfere with full insertion of an attachment plug into the
adjacent receptacle. See Figure 10.2.
当插入一个平行刀片的双工插孔时,任何一套部件, 包括输出联机, 将不妨碍到邻近插孔里一
个配属插头的完全插入。 看见 外形 10.2 .
Exception: A unit that renders the adjacent receptacle completely unusable in any one mounting position is acceptable.
例外: 在任何一个安装位置中使这个邻近插孔完全变得不有用的单位(单元)可接受的。
10.2 Polymeric enclosures
10.2.1 A polymeric enclosure, or a polymeric part of an enclosure, shall comply with the
applicable requirements for enclosures as specified in the Standard for Polymeric
Materials – Use in Electrical Equipment Evaluations, UL 746C.
聚合物外壳或者外壳的一个聚合物零件, 将满足UL746C标准中聚合物材料 - 用于用电设备鉴
定中规定的外壳的可适用要求。
Exception: For a direct plug-in GFCI, the crushing test shall be conducted in accordance with 71 of the Standard for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, UL498.
例外: 对于直接插头输入的GFCI, 将依据UL498标准的 71对于连接插头和插座实施决定性测试。
10.2.2 An adhesive used in the assembly of a GFCI shall comply with the applicable
requirements for adhesives as specified in the Standard for Polymeric Materials – Use in
Electrical Equipment Evaluations, UL 746C.
使用粘合剂组装的GFCI，粘合剂的规格将参照UL746C标准可适用的要求，集合体原料 – 使
用于电气设备的鉴定。
Exception: Methods utilizing fusion techniques, such as solvent cementing, ultrasonic welding, electromagnetic induction, and thermal welding need not be investigated. 例外:象溶剂粘合、超声波焊接、电磁感应和热焊接利用熔接技朮的方法必须不审查。
11 Provision for Wiring Systems ( 配线体制规定 )
11.1 There shall be provision at a permanently connected GFCI for attachment of
raceway or cable in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70
在这里将规定永久连接GFCI的附加线槽或电缆符合国家电气法规 ANSI/NFPA。
11.2 A knockout in a sheet-metal enclosure shall be secure but shall be capable of
being removed without significant deformation of the enclosure, or dislocating larger
sizes of a multiple knockout. A knockout likely to be used during installation shall be
surrounded by a flat surface for effective seating of a conduit bushing and shall be so
located that installation of a bushing will not result in spacings smaller than those
allowed in these requirements.
在金属外壳上敲击外壳必须牢固可靠,但要可以移动,且外壳不能有明显地变形或从复敲击呎
寸不能移位成更大。在一个敲击安装过程中必须由一平面包围住,以利绝缘套套管有效定位,如此
定位的绝缘套套管就不会导致空间比要求的更小。
11.3 A hole tapped for the attachment of threaded rigid conduit shall be so constructed
as to permit:
c) The attachment of a conduit bushing, or there is to be a smooth, well-rounded
passage for wires equivalent to that presented by a bushing, and
安装有绝缘套的导管或是平滑通过相同饱满的电线当前的外套。
d) For raintight equipment, the application of tightening torque as specified in 11.4.
防水装置运用的紧固力矩与11.4的说明一样。
11.4 The torque mentioned in 8.2 and 11.3 is to be applied to the conduit in such a
manner as to prevent the application of a bending movement to the assembly. The value
of torque is to be 800 lbf-in (90 N.m) for?-inch (19-mm) and smaller trade sizes of conduit,
1000 lbf-in (113 N.m) for sizes larger than ? inch (19 mm) up to 1-1/2 inches (38mm), and
1600 lbf-in (181 N.m) for sizes larger than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).
8.2 和 11.3 中提到的紧固力矩是适用对防止此类导管组装时的弯曲变形。转矩紧固
力矩的值是 800 lbf-in ( 90 N.m ) 为小于等于3/4 英吋 ( 19 - 毫米) 的商业导管, 1000
lbf-in ( 113 N.m ) 大于3/4英吋 ( 19 毫米) 小于1 - 1 / 2 英吋 ( 38毫米 ) , 和 1600
lbf-in ( 181 N.m ) 为比 1 - 1 / 2 英吋 ( 38 毫米) 更大尺寸。
12 Connections (连接)
12.1 Except as described in 12.2 and 11.3, a portable cord-connected GFCI provided
with an equipment grounding conductor shall have double insulation or reinforced
insulation throughout its construction, or if not provided with an equipment grounding
conductor shall have double insulation or reinforced insulation on the line side of the
device.
除了如在 12.2 和 11.3 中描述以外,便携式线连接的GFCI若有导线接地装置将有双重绝缘或者
加强绝缘在它的结构上, 或者如果没提供导线接地装置将有在装置的线路端有双重绝缘或者加强
绝缘。
12.2 Functional insulation alone is acceptable in a portable or cord-connected
device where, in the event that the functional insulation should fail, there would be no
shock hazard at the GFCI.
符合便携式或者软线连接装置的单独的功能绝缘,在功能绝缘失败时, 在GFCI上没有电击的危
险。
12.3 In performing the evaluating described in 12.2 at a manual switch in the
supervisory circuit (described in 20.1), the device need not trip if the value of current
available in the event that the functional insulation of the switch should fail would not
exceed the value of current employed by the supervisory circuit.
在进行12.2中描述的评测时在控制回路中有一个手动开关(在 20.1 中描述), 如果在开关的功能
绝缘失败时可用到的电流值不超过控制电路使用的电流的值, 装置不必跳闸。
12.4 The equivalent of functional insulation shall be interposed between the
grounding conductor of the power-supply cord and accessible parts of a cord-connected
GFCI. If such insulation is inherent in a receptacle:
在电源线的接地导线和电线连接的GFCI的易接近的一些零件之间将提供相等功能绝缘。 如果
此类绝缘体是在插座中固有:
c) There shall be instructions visible when the receptacle is being removed for
replacement to replace the receptacle with only an identical replacement, and
how to obtain the replacement, and
当把这个插孔为代替移到用仅仅相同代替代替这个插孔时将有命令(指导)可见, 并且
如何获得代替, 和。
d) It shall not be possible to use a standard grounding-type receptacle as a
replacement without first performing a drilling or cutting operation.
没有首先完成钻或者切(挖)的操作把一个标准的基础类型插孔用作代替, 这不可
能。
12.5 The dielectric of a capacitor is not acceptable as supplementary insulation.
一个电容器的电解质作为辅助绝缘体不可接受的。
12.6 Except where specifically acceptable for the purpose, the jacket of the
power-supply cord of the GFCI is not considered to provide insulation. See 16.5.
除了对于那些被认为有特殊用途的以外, 没认为GFCI的电源线的外皮不考虑提供绝
缘。 看见 16.5 .
14 Accessibility of Energized parts (易接触的通电零件)
14.1 Parts of a GFCI shall not accessible when they are energized.
GFCI的零件当它们是通电的零件时将不易接触。
13.2 In determining compliance with the provisions of 13.1:
在决定具有13.1的规定:
f) Except at a contact of an attachment-plug receptacle, a part is considered to be
accessible if it can be rod with a 3/32-inch (2.4 mm) diameter rod.
除了在连接插头插座的接触以外, 如果它能有3/32英吋( 2.4 mm )直径棒认为是易接近的
零件。
g) A permanently connected device is to be mounted as intended.
永久连接的装置要与预定的安装一致。
h) A door or cover that can be opened or removed without the use of a separate tool
is to be open or removed, and
门或者盖子(是)要是公开(开着)的能够没有分离的工具的使用(用处)开或者移走或者移走
了, 和。
i) A door or cover that must be opened or removed in order to use a GFCI is to be
opened or removed.
j) Material that is not acceptable as insulation is considered to be conductive.
13.4 Access to the trip mechanism and electronics of a portable GFCI, not intended to be
repaired, shall not be attainable with ordinary tools. Access shall be limited by use of
tamper-resistant screws, rivets, welding or other equivalent means.
手提式GFCI所使用的跳闸机构和电子线路不预期的修理使用普通的工具将不可做
到。将使用具有抗干扰的螺丝, 铆钉, 焊接或者其它的相当方法用来限制。
14 Internal Wiring (内部配线)
14.1 The gauge and insulation of wires shall withstand the mechanical and electrical
stresses of service. Particular consideration should be given to the effect of vibration
and user servicing where wire smaller than No. 24AWG is employed.
电线的规格和绝缘体将承受服务的机械和电的压力。 在联机得比使用 24AWG 的更小那里
应该对振动和用户服务的影响给出特定考虑否。
14.2 In a cord-connected GFCI, at a wire termination or splice there shall be at least one
independent means provided which alone could prevent the conductor from becoming
free to bridge supplementary insulation in the event that the wire should break at the
termination or splice. A wire-binding screw or nut shall be suitably prevented from
loosening such as with a spring-type lockwasher or reinforced, if such loosening could
allow the attached conductor to become free to bridge supplementary or reinforced
insulation.
在线连接GFCI, 在电线终止或者接合将至少有提供电线应该在终止打破(折断)单独能防止
导体变得自由(有空)终于弥合辅助绝缘体或者接合的一个独立方法。 电线捆绑的螺丝或者坚果将
是 适当地 从如同用一个弹簧类型锁紧垫圈松开防止或者加强了, 如果这样的松开能允许配属的
导体或者加强的绝缘体变得自由(有空)桥(梁)辅助。
14.3 Electrical spliced, terminations, and the like shall provide effective, continuous
conductivity.
14.4 In determining compliance of a clamped splice or termination with the provisions of
14.3, consideration is to be given to the likelihood of permanent deformation under
mechanical load (creep).
在用 14.3 的供应决定紧固的接合的屈从或者终止时, 考虑(是)要在机械负载中对永久
的变形的可能性给 (蠕动) 。
15 Field Wiring
15.1 A GFCI intended for permanent connection to the branch circuit shall be provided
with means for the connection of wire having a capacity in accordance with the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, and, at least two equipment-grounding terminals. See
9.1.
对分支(树枝)电路(绕行)旨在于永久的关联的 地面故障电路中断器 为依据民族(国家)电代码, /
全国消防协会 70 , 至少有容量的电线的关联随方法(工具)而将(被)提供和, 二个设备基础终端
设备。 看见 9.1 .
15.2 In a permanently connected GFCI, either:
c) Acceptable barriers shall be employed to separate load-circuit conductors and
terminals from terminals and conductors of any other circuit, or
将使用可接受的栅栏从任何其它电路(绕行)的终端设备和导体使装载电路(绕行)导体和终端设
备分离。
d) All such parts shall be insulated for the maximum voltage of either circuit.
任一电路可的最大电压都将与所有此类零件绝缘。
15.3 Lead-type terminals shall no differ by more than two wire sizes from the size referred
to in 15.1, providing that wire smaller in cross-section than No. 14AWG shall not be used.
导线类接线端子在 15.1 中不提到根据尺寸多于两个电线尺寸的是不同的, 规定横截面的电线比
小 14AWG 将不(被)使用否。
15.4 The insulation of lead-type terminals shall be for the intended purpose, such as
0.030-inch (0.76-mm) thick minimum rubber or thermoplastic material.
领导类型终端设备的绝缘体将是由于打算的目的, 例如 0.030 - 英吋的 ( 0.76 - mm) 密集
(厚)(粗)最小量橡皮或者热塑性的材料。
15.5 A lead-type terminal shall be so constructed as to withstand the stress of normal
handling without damage to the GFCI.
那么将构筑(造)一个领导类型终端以致没有对 地面故障电路中断器 的损害顶住正常的处理的压
力。
15.6 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 15.5, each terminal lead is
to withstand a tensile force increased gradually to 20 lbf (89 N), and maintained at that
value for five minutes.
为了决定具有 15.5 供应的屈从, 每一个终端铅都(是)要顶住逐渐增进到 20磅力 ( 89 个 N ) ,
和在五分钟的那(价)值保持的一种张力力量(势力)。
15.7 green coloring with or without one or more yellow stripes and white or natural
grey coloring shall not be used for the covering of a terminal lead unless intended for
connection to grounding and grounded conductors respectively. See also 39.2.6.
除非对基础和落地的导体分别旨在于关联把没有一或更多的黄条纹和白或者自然的灰色颜色或
者具有其(它)的绿色颜色将不用作一个终端铅的覆盖。 看见 也 39.2.6 .
15.8 The free length of a terminal lead shall be at least 6 inches (152 mm).
端子铅的自由长度将是至少 6 英吋 ( 152 mm) 。
15.9 A terminal connector shall be prevented from moving so as to strain factory
connections or reduce spacings to unacceptable values. Friction alone is not to be
depended upon to prevent such movement.
将防止终端连接器运动拉紧工厂关联或者把间距还原成不可接受值。 单独的摩擦不要取决
于在上防止这样的运动。
15.10 At a terminal that is not considered to be a pressure terminal connector, it shall not be
necessary to assemble or adjust parts other than loosening or tightening a screw, bolt,
or nut.
在没认为是压力终端连接器的一个终端, 不同于其它松开或者使螺丝, 螺栓, 或者坚果绷紧
装配或者调整部分, 这不必要。
15.11 A terminal connector of the wire-binding type may be used to terminate conductors 2no larger than No. 10 AWG (5.3 mm) 2可以用电线捆绑的类型的终端连接器来终止导体终止得比号 10AWG 并不更大 ( 5.3 mm ) 。
15.12 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 15.10, a wire-binding screw or nut is to be tightened on a conductor selected in accordance with the provisions of 15.1 to a torque of 20 lbf-in (2.3 N.m) without causing displacement of the wire or damage to the terminal assembly or the wire. Except where the configuration of the terminal assembly does not permit it, or markings allow the use of unformed wire, the wire is to be formed into a ? loop that will just be accommodated by the assembly, before tightening. 为了决定具有 15.10 供应的屈从, 电线捆绑(束缚)的螺丝或者坚果(是)要在依据 ( 2.3 N.m ) 没有
产生对终端集合或者电线电线或者损害的取代把 20 个 磅力 的 15.1 一个到转矩安装在中选择的
导体方面绷紧- 。 除了哪里以外终端集合的架构不允许它(这), 或者 markings 允许不成形电线的
使用(用处), 电线(是)要到里形成吗? 环(回路), 由集合将刚刚(仅仅)适应(容纳), 在绷紧前。
16 Power Supply Cord (电源线)
16.1 A cord-connected GFCI shall be provided with not less than 6 ft (1.83 m) of flexible
cord and an attachment plug for connection to the supply circuit. The rating of the
attachment plug is to be equal to the rating of the GFCI.
线连接GFCI将安装有不少于6英尺的电线和连接供电回路的连接插头。连接插头的额定值
要等于 GFCI的额定值。
Exception: A GFCI may be provided with less than 6 ft of permanently attached flexible
cord or with a motor-attachment plug if the GFCI is marked as indicated in 38.3.3.
例外: 如果GFCI的商标标明38.3.3的要求GFCI可以装配小于 6 英尺的长期配属的电线或者
与一个活动安装插头。
16.2 The flexible cord shall be of Type S、ST、SO、STO、SJ、SJT、SJO、or SJTO.
电线将是S、ST、SO、STO、SJ、SJT、SJO、或SJTO类.
16.3 Strain on the power-supply cord that may occur by way of pulling, twisting, or pushing
into the GFCI housing shall not be transmitted to cord-conductor terminations.
在电源在线有拉伤也许的拉伸, 弯曲, 或者挤压进入GFCI外套将不传给电线导体端子。
16.4 In order to determine that the strain of pulling on the supply cord will not be
transmitted to the cord terminations as provided in 16.3, a tensile force is to be applied
to the cord and increased gradually to 35 lbf (156 N). The force is to be maintained at 35
lbf (156 N) for one minute.
为了判定电源线拉伸的扭伤时与16.3中的规定一样不传送到电线的末端，对电线应用一个
拉伸力和逐渐增加到 35磅( 156N ) 。 35 磅的拉伸力( 156N ) 保持一分钟。
16.5 A clamp or similar device of conductive material applied to the power-supply cord shall
have supplementary insulation interposed between the cord and the clamping device or
shall not be accessible.
为用于电源线的紧固铁夹或类似的装置的传导材料提供辅助绝缘在电线和紧固装置之间或是不
可接近。
16.6 A surface of a GFCI against which a flexible cord is likely to bear shall be smooth and
well rounded.
一个灵活软线对熊是很可能的GFCI的一个表面将是平滑和面面俱到的。
16.7 Unless protection is provided in a GFCI to prevent overloading of the supply-cord
conductors, the current rating of the supply cord shall not be less than the current rating
of the attachment plug on the supply cord.
除非保护防止在GFCI提供电线导体的过载,供给电线的额定电流不比供电线上连接插头的额定
电流小。
16.8 The points within the GFCI intended for the termination of power-supply-cord
conductors shall be plainly identified to show the proper connection of the conductors
of a replacement cord, and to indicate that the grounding conductor shall not be
connected to accessible metal parts of the unit. This marking is to be discernible only
after access is obtained to the terminations, except that if there is safe, convent
provision for cord replacement, reference to such replacement may be discernible from
outside the GFCI also.
这 points 不超过 这 地面故障电路中断器 打算中的 为了 这 结束 的 权-提供-细绳
conductors 将 铍 清楚地 identified 向 显示 这 适合的 连接 的 这 conductors 的 一
取代 细绳, 和 向 指示 那 这 搁浅 领导者 将 不 铍 连贯的 向 可接近的 金属 parts 的 这
单位. 这 做记号 艾赛亚 向 铍 可识别的 唯一的 以后 接近 艾赛亚 obtained 向 这
terminations, 除了 那 如果 在那里 艾赛亚 安全的, 修女团 供应 为了 细绳 取代, 提及 向
这样的 取代 可能 铍 可识别的 从 外面 这 地面故障电路中断器 也 .
16.9 The attachment plug of a GFCI shall be a molded-on type or shall have the
cord-conductor terminations sealed, or shall be provided with other means to prevent
accidental contact between the grounding conductor and either or both of the power
conductors, within the attachment plug.
GFCI的连接插头将是成型的或者(这些)软线导体终止将- 在类型方面密封, 或者将提供其它
方法(工具)(以)在权力(动力)导体的基础导体和两者或其中之一之间防止偶然接触, 在配属插头之
内。
16.10 A portable ungrounded GFCI shall be provided with a polarized attachment plug cap.
将携带型没有接地线的GFCI提供连接插头两极区分的外套。
16.11 If a 3-wire grounding-type attachment plug or a 2-wire polarized attachment plug is
provided, the attachment plug connections shall comply with Figure 16.1, and the
polarity identification of the flexible cord shall comply with Table 16.1.
如果是3线接地类连接插头或者是2线的两极区分连接插头,这些连接插头的联机将参照图
16.1,并且电线的两极识别将参照表 16.1。
17 Receptacle (插座)
17.1 A receptacle of a GFCI shall be of the grounding type with the grounding terminal
conductively connected to the grounding conductor of the power-supply cord.
插座式GFCI将具有接地类端子传导连接到电源线的接地导线。
Exception: A portable GFCI that is not provided with an equipment ground shall not
be provided with a receptacle or cord connector of the grounding type, but shall be
provided with a polarized receptacle or cord connector.
例外: 没有提供拉地装备的携带型GFCI将不提供接地类的插孔或者软线的连接器, 但是, 将
提供一个两极分化的插孔或者电线的连接器。
17.2 The ampere rating of the receptacle of a GFCI that has only a single receptacle shall be
equal to the rating of the attachment plug of the supply cord.
只有一个单插座的GFCI的插座的安培将等于供给电线连接插头的额定功率。
17.3 The rating of any receptacle not having individual overcurrent protection, provided on
a GFCI having more than one receptacle, shall be one of those shown in Table 17.1.
没有单独过流保护的任何额定功率插座, 比一个多插孔的GFCI提供, 将是表17.1 中注明的那
些值。
17.4 The face of a two-conductor ungrounded receptacle or cord connector shall obstruct
the insertion of a 2-pole 3-wire grounding type attachment plug cap.
一个二- 导体的无根据插孔或者软线的连接器的面(脸)将阻碍 2 - 磁极 3 - 电线的基础类型
配属插头帽子的插入。
18 Spacings (间距)
18.1 Except at field-wiring terminals, the through-air and over-surface spacings between
conductive parts shall not be less than the values shown in Table 18.1.
除了在现场布线端子外,可导电零件之间的气隙和未接触表面的空间不可低于如表18.1所显示
的数值。
18.2 The spacing shall not be less than ? inch (6.4 mm) between field-wiring terminals
not operating at the same potential for devices rated up to 200 v peak, and 3/8 inch (9.5
mm) for devices rated up to 400 v peak.
当接线端子未对产品操作同样的高达200V的额定电压时间距不得少于1/4英寸(6.4mm),400V
时不得少于3/8英寸(9.5mm)。
18.3 Except as permitted in note c to Table 18.1, if a groove or a slot in insulating
material is less than 1/64 inch (0.4 mm) wide, the contour of the slot or groove is to be
disregarded in measuring spacings over the surface.
除了如同表 18.1中c在注释中允许以外, 如果隔离材料中的槽或者细孔宽小于1/64 英吋
( 0.4mm), 槽或者细孔忽视在表面上测量间距。
18.4 Spacings measured along the boundary of insulating materials that have been
joined together are. Considered to be spacings over surface unless it can be shown
that the dielectric strength of the boundary is not less than that of any of the materials
joined.
沿着隔离已经连接起来的材料的边界测量的间距。认为除非它能够显示边界的电解质强度
不少于任何材料的那个连接的在表面上是间距。
18.5 In determining compliance with the provisions of 18.1 or 18.2, parts not locked in
position, parts subject to random orientation (such as noncircular heads of screws),
adjustable parts of terminal connectors, and the like are to be moved to the most
adverse position.
在决定具有 18.1 或者 18.2 供应的屈从时, 部分没把位置, 易受随机方向 (例如螺丝的非环
形头) 的部分, 终端连接器的可调整一些部分, 关在门内等等(是)要移动到最相反的位置。
18.6 In determining spacings through openings in a housing of insulating material, metal
foil may be used to bridge the opening but is not to be pressed into the opening.
在隔离材料的房子中透过 设立 决定间距时, 可以用金属足迹来弥合这个开口但是不要压公开
化。
18.7 Film-coated magnet wire is considered to be uninsulated in determining.
在电线上涂上一层薄薄的磁体被认是非绝缘的检定 。
18A Alternate Spacings –Clearances and Creepage Distances
18A.1 When applying requirements in Alternate Spacings – Clearances and Creepage
Distances, Section 18A, as an alternative to the measurement method specified in
Spacings, Section 18, for functional insulation, the minimum acceptable clearance
(through air spacings) and creepage distances (over surface spacings) for a printed
wiring board assembly shall be evaluated as specified in 18A.2 – 18A.4 using the
applicable requirements in the Standard for Insulation Coordination Including
Clearances and Creepage Distances for Electrical Equipment, UL 840.
18A.2 when applying the requirements in the Standard for Insulation Coordination
Including Clearances a nd Creepage Distances for Electrical Equipment, UL 840, the
environment for a printed wiring board assembly within a GFCI is considered to be:
d) Pollution degree 3 for an assembly without a conformal coating, or
e) Pollution degree 2 for
iii) An assembly with a conformal coating,
iv) An assembly without a conformal coating when the printed wiring board is
contained in a sealed housing that complies with the Dust Test, Section 37 or
一个组合件没有表面涂料层当印刷电路板包含一个密封的外套时将满足37节的防尘
测试。
f) Pollution degree 1 for an assembly with a conformal coating complying with the
Printed Wiring Board Coating Performance Test in UL 840.
污染程度1为一个组合件有一层表面涂料满足UL840中的印刷电路板表面涂层性能测试。
18A.3 When applying Clearance B (controlled overvoltage) construction requirements
from the Standard for Insulation Coordination Including Clearances and Creepage
Distances for Electrical Equipment UL 840, the applicable overvoltage category for line
voltage circuits is Category ? for permanently connected GFCIs and Category ? for
portable and cord connected GFCIs. Category ?is applicable to low-voltage ciruits if a
short ciruit between the parts involved results in operation of the controlled equipment
which increases the risk of fire, the risk of electric sock, or both. Any overvoltage
protection device needed to achieve these categores shall be provided as an integral
part of the GFCI.
19 Operating Mechanism (传动机制)
19.1 Compliance with the provisions of 24.1.1-24.1.4 shall not be prevented by manipulation
or restraint of accessible control levers, knobs, and the like of a GFCI. To verify
compliance of 19.1, see Operating Mechanism Test, Section 37E.
一个GFCI满足24.1.1-24.1.4的要求，将不防碍操作或控制易控制的杆、按钮和其它
相似的。
19.2 A GFCI that has tripped in accordance with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4 shall
not be capable of automatic reclosure.
依据 24.1.1 - 24.1.4 的要求跳闸的GFCI不能够自动再次闭合。
19.3 If a permanently connected GFCI trips because of a loss of power on the line side,
it shall be capable of automatic reclosure.
如果永久连接GFCI的跳闸因为电线的侧边失去电源，它将能够自动再次闭合。
19.4 In a permanently connected GFCI that cannot trip without power from the line, the
grounded circuit conductor shall be electrically continuous during normal operation of
the device.
电线没有电源在永久连接GFCI里不能跳闸，这接地回路导线将是装置在正常运行期间
连续用电。
19.5 A 120/240 V GFCI shall function to provide protection with one or both ungrounded line
terminals energized.
120/ 240V GFCI 将起作用为保护提供一个或者两个不接地的线端子供电。
19.6 Deleted September 27, 2002
20 Supervisory Circuit (控制回路)
20.1 A GFCI shall be provided with a supervisory circuit that will allow for periodic,
convenient testing of the ability of the device to trip by way of a ground fault.
GFCI将提供一个控制回路考虑到装置能力的周期性的, 方便测试通过一个错误接地故
障的方法执行。
20.2 If it is necessary to employ a separate tool in order to operate the supervisory circuit,
operation is considered not to be convenient within the intent of these requirements.
20.3 The supervisory circuit shall be connected to the grounded supply-circuit conductor
and the ungrounded load-circuit conductor.
控制回路将连接到接地控制回路和不接地负载控制回路。
20.4 The results of the test shall be made known by means of an audible or visible
indication.
20.5 The current employed by the supervisory circuit shall be sufficient to cause tripping at
85 percent of rated voltage, provided that at rated voltage the current shall not exceed 9
m A in a Class A device and 32m A in a Class B device.
PERFORMANCE(性能)
21 General(概要)
21.1 A sample that has been struck as described in 10.1.5 or 10.1.8 and conditioned as
described in 22.7 shall at any convenient time after removal from the conditioning
atmosphere, and in the following order, comply with the provisions of these
requirements for voltage surge, high-resistance ground faults and dielectric voltage
withstand tests.
在 10.1.5 或者 10.1.8 中已经感到描述和在 22.7 中如同在条件大气(气氛), 和以下
面的次序(订单,命令), 的撤除以后任何方便(合适)时间描述那样条件的样品将顺从电压冲击波,
高阻力地面错误和电解质的电压这些需要的供应顶住测验。
21.2 Except as noted in 21.1, a separate, unconditioned representative GFCI shall be
subjected to each of the following tests.
除了如同在 21.1中的外 , 单独的、无条件的典型GFCI将经受以下各项测试。
Exception: The same representative device may be used for more than one test if
agreeable-to all concerned.
例外:相同的典型装置如果适合所有相关的可能使用超过一个的测试。
22 Leakage Current Test (漏电电流测试)
22.1 The leakage current of a GFCI, when tested in accordance with 22.2 – 22.7, shall be no
more than 0.5 m A.
GFCI的漏电电流当测试与22.2 – 22.7一致时将只是0.5m A .
22.2 All accessible parts of a GFCI are to be tested for leakage currents. The accessible
parts are to be tested individually, collectively, and from one part to another.
GFCI所有易接触的零件都测试漏电电流。这易接触的零件测试单个的、全部的和任意
一个对另外的一个。
22.3 If a conductive surface other than metal is used for the enclosure or parts of the
enclosure, the leakage current is to be measured using metal foil with an area of 10 by 20
cm in contact with the surface. Where the surface is less than 10 by 20 cm, the metal foil is to be the same size as the surface. The metal foil is not to be pressed into openings and is not to remain in place long enough to affect the temperature of the sample.
如果把除了金属以外的一个传导表面用作外壳或者一些零件外壳, 漏电电流的测量使用
金属箔与接触表面有一个10~20cm的范围。在这里表面小于10~20cm，金属箔与表面尺寸相同。
22.4 The measurement circuit for leakage current of a cord-connected device is to be as shown in Figure 22.1. The measurement instrument is defined in items a – d of this
paragraph. The meter that is actually used for a measurement need only indicate the same numerical value for a measurement as would the defined instrument. The meter used need not have all the attributes of the defined instrument.
对于一个电线连接装置的漏电电流测量电路与图22.1所表示。测量仪器要求于本节的
a-b项。实际上用作测量的资料为测量要求仅仅与这个要求的设备显示相同的数值。
a) The meter is to have an input impedance of 1500 ohms resistive shunted by
a capacitance of 0.15u F.
电表是由一个1500ohms的输入电阻与一个0.15uF的电容并联的份流器。
b) The meter is to indicate 1.11 times the average of the full-wave rectified
composite waveform of voltage across the resistance or current through
the resistance.
全波整流复合波形的电压加在电阻上或电流通过电阻电表的平均显示值为1.11次。
c) Over a frequency range of 0 – 100kHz, the measurement circuitry is to have
a frequency response (ratio of indicated to actual value of current) that is
equal to the ratio of the impedance of a 1500-ohm resistance, shunted by a
0.15-u F capacitance, to 1500 ohms. At an indication of 0.5 m A, the
measurement is to have an error of not more than five percent at any
frequency within the range of 0 – 100kHz.
在0 – 100kHz的高频范围内，测量电路有一个频率响应相当用一个1500ohms的电阻
与一个0.15uF的电容并联构成一个1500ohms的阻抗比率。在显示为0.5mA，在0 –
100kHz范围内的任何一个频率误差不得超过5%。
d) Unless the meter is being used to measure leakage from one part of the
sample to another, the meter is to be connected between the accessible
parts and the ground supply conductor.
除电表在使用时自生的测量漏电来自样品的一个零件到其它的，电表是连接在
易接近零件和接地供给电体之间。
22.5 A permanently connected GFCI is to be connected to the supply by way of the terminals of the device, and tested in the same manner as a cord-connected device except that switches S1 and S2 are not to be employed.
永久连接的GFCI通过接线端子供给连接的装置, 除了不使用开关S1和S2外与线连接
的装置的测试方式相同。
22.6 A sample of the GFCI is to be tested for leakage current after the conditioning described in 22.7. If removed from the humidity chamber, the testing is to start within one minute after its removal. The grounding conductor of a cord-connected unit is to be open at the supply receptacle and the grounding conductor of a permanently connected unit is not to be used. The supply voltage is to be adjusted to 110 percent of the rated voltage. The test sequence, with reference to the measuring circuit in Figure 22.1, is as follows:
GFCI样品要在 22.7中描述的条件以后测试漏电流。 如果要从这个湿度空间移开，在它移
开以后一分钟之内开始测试。不使用线连接装置的接地导体在供给插座是打开的和永久连接装置
的接地导体。供给电压调整到额定电压的百分之 110 。 按照图22.1提供的测量电路依次测试
如下项目:
d) With switch S1 open, the sample is to be connected to the measurement
circuit. The leakage current is to be measured using both positions of switch
S2 and with the sample switching devices in all their positions.
开关S1 打开， 样品被连接到测量电路。漏电电流的测量是利用开关S2和样
品开关装置所有的点两个位置之间。
e) Switch S1 is then to be closed, energizing the sample, and within a period
of five seconds, the leakage current is to be measured using both positions
of switch S2 and with the control settings varied throughout the operating
range.
当开关S1 关闭时，和在5秒钟内给样品供电，漏电电流的测量是利用开关S2
和控制装置不同处的操作行。
f) Leakage current is to be monitored at intervals necessary to determine
the maximum leakage current, with additional measurements being taken
until such time as thermal equilibrium is attained. Both positions of switch S2
are to be used in determining this measurement.
漏电电流的监测间距必需确定最大漏电电流渗漏电(潮)流(是)要监控决定最大渗
漏电(潮)流(所)必需的每隔一段间隔, 附加测量拿直到达到(得到)热平衡的时间。 开
关情报参谋的两个位置都(是)要用于决定这个测量。
22.7 The conditioning mentioned in 22.6 and 21.1 is exposure to air at a relative humidity of 93?2 percent at a temperature of 32.0 ?2.0? (89.6 ?3.6 ?F). The GFCI is to be exposed
to ambient air at a temperature of at least 30? (86 ?F) until thermal equilibrium is
attained before placed in the test chamber. A rainproof device is to be kept in the chamber for 168 hours. Other devices are to be kept in the chamber for 48 hours.
在22.6和21.1中提到的测试条件要求是陈列在相对湿度为93?2%、温度为32.0 ?
2.0? (89.6 ?3.6 ?F)的空间。将GFCI陈列在最小为30? (86 ?F) 的试验室里直到热量平衡。
防水装置陈放在试验室内168小时，其它装置陈放在试验室内48小时。
25 Voltage Surge Test (涌浪电压测试)
23.1 General
23.1.1 The line side terminals of the Line-Neutral and Line-Line terminals that are protected by the representative GFCI shall be subjected to the following surge tests: Unwanted Tripping Test, Section 23.2, the Surge Immunity Test, Section 23.3, the Surge Current Test, Section 33A, and the Abnormal Overvoltage test, Section 33B.
被一个典型的GFCI所保护的L-N和L-L末端的次边L末端主要接受以下涌浪测试:不
需要的跳闸测试(23.2节)，涌浪防疫测试(23.3节)，涌浪电流测试(33A节)，不正常关闭电压测
试(33B节)。
23.1.2 The GFCI is to be connected to a supply of rated voltage. The grounding lead or terminal of the GFCI (if provided) is to be connected to the supply conductor serving as the neutral. The GFCI is to be in the ―on‖ condition with no load connected. GFCI’s that are intended only for use in enclosures shall be tested in their intended enclosure for the tests referenced in 23.1.1. The enclosure shall be representative of the worst-case situation for the tests.
GFCI是要连接一个额定电压的供应。GFCI的接地导线或者端子(如果提供)是要充当
连接零线的供给导线服务。GFCI要是在" on" 的条件中是没有连接负载。仅仅用于GFCI的外
壳对于在 23.1.1 中提到的测试将在他们打算的外壳。这外壳将是典型的最坏情况测试。
23.2 Unwanted tripping test (ring wave)
23.2.1 one representative GFCI shall not trip after being subjected to ten random
applications of three controlled applications of a 3kV surge applied at 60 second
intervals. When three controlled applications are employed, one application is to be
essentially at zero of the supply voltage wave, one at the positive peak, and one at the
negative peak.
一个典型的GFCI不在易受在 60秒间隔应用的 3千伏特 冲击波三个控制的应(运)用
的十个随机应(运)用以后将旅行。 当使用三个控制的应(运)用时, 一个应(运)用(是)要在这个确定
的山峰(顶点)基本上在供应电压波(浪), 一(个), 和在这个否定山峰(顶点)一(个)的零点。
23.2.2 The surge generator is to have a surge impedance of 50 ohms. When there is no load
on the generator, the waveform of the surge is to be essentially as follows:
涌浪发生器有一个50 ohms的涌浪阻抗。当在这发生器上没有负载时，涌浪波形如下:
d) Initial rise time, 0.5 microseconds between 10 percent and 90 percent of peak
amplitude,
在10%~90%的振幅之间的振幅时间为百万分之0.5秒。
e) The period of the following oscillatory wave, 10 microseconds, and
这期间其它的振动波为百万分之10秒，和
f) Each successive peak, 60 percent of the preceding peak.
25.2.3 Figures 23.1 and 23.2 show a typical surge generator and control relay.
25.3 Surge immunity test (combination wave)
23.3.1 The GFCI subjected to the Unwanted Tripping Test shall be subjected to the Surge
Immunity Test without demonstrating, either during or after testing:
易受不需要旅行测验的GFCI将没有示威易受冲击波免疫性测验, 或者在测验以后或
者在其(它)期间:
d) Emission of flame, molten metal, glowing of flaming particles through any
openings (preexisting or created as a result of the test) in the product,
火焰, 熔化的金属, 在产品中透过任何孔(预先存在或者由于测验引起的)喷射炽热燃烧粒
子。
e) Ignition of the enclosure, or
外壳燃烧，
f) Creation of any opening in the enclosure that results in accessibility of energized
parts, when judged in accordance with Accessibility of Energized Parts, Section
13.
23.3.2. The test method is to be conducted in accordance with the testing methods
described in IEC61000-4-5 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Part 4-5: Testing and
Measurements Techniques – Surge Immunity Test.
测试方法操作要依据在IEC61000 - 4 - 5 电磁兼容 ( EMC ) 4 - 5部分中描述的测
试方法: 测试和测量技术 – 涌浪防疫测试。
25.3.3 The surges shall be applied at phase angles of 90 and 270 electrical degrees.
处于 90 ~ 270度的相位角将应用这些涌浪。
25.3.4 Only the surge impulse test levels in Table 23.3.1 shall be used.
仅仅使用表 23.3.1 中的涌浪脉动测试水平。
25.3.5 The GFCI is permitted to trip during surge immunity testing. If the GFCI trips, it is to
be reset prior to the next surge application.
允许GFCI在涌浪免疫性测试期间跳闸。如果GFCI跳闸, 它在下一次涌浪运用前重新
安置。
25.3.6 After this test the same GFCI shall comply with the High Resistance Ground Fault
and the Dielectric Voltage Withstand Tests.
GFCI通过这个测试以后同样将满足高电阻地面错误和电解质电压抵抗测试。
26 High-Resistance Ground Faults Test
24.1 General
24.1.1 A Class A GFCI shall be capable of interrupting the electric circuit to the load
when the fault current to ground I is within the range of 6 – 264 m A within the time
interval T in accordance with the relationship:
Class A GFCI 将可以断开负载回路当漏电电流在6 – 264 m A 范围内，这断开时间
间隔如下关系式:
In which T is expressed in seconds and I is expressed in milliamperes.
T表示时间单位秒和I表示电流单位毫安培
24.1.2 A Class B GFCI shall be capable of interrupting the electric circuit to the load
when the fault current to ground I is within the range of 20 – 1056 m A within the time
interval T in accordance with the relationship:
Class B GFCI 将可以断开负载回路当漏电电流在20 – 1056 m A 范围内，这断开时
间间隔如下关系式:
IT
801.43
In which T is expressed in seconds and I is expressed in milliamperes.
24.1.3 The trip times indicated in 24.1.1 and 24.1.2 correspond to a maximum nominal
voltage to ground of 125V.
在一个最大标定125V接地，这跳闸时间(T)需要与24.1.1和24.1.2相符。
24.1.4 A cord-connected GFCI shall comply with the provisions of 24.1.1 with and without
one or more of the following defects in its power-supply cord:
线连接GFCI将参照24.1.1要求和没有一个或更多对于下列错误在它的电源线:
e) The ungrounded and grounded conductors transposed at the attachment plug
terminals.
在连接插头末端接地的和不接地的导线位置调换。
f) An open circuit in the grounding conductor.
在接地导体中有一断开回路。
g) An open circuit in any one-power conductor.
在任何一个电源导体中有一断开回路。
h) Except if normal operation of the supervisory circuit would provide an indication of
trouble, the ungrounded and grounding conductors of the power-supply cord
transposed at the attachment plug terminals.
24.1.5 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.2.4, a GFCI is to
be connected as shown in Figure 24.1 and tested as described in 24.2.1, in the sequence of steps described in Table 24.2.
为了决定具有 24.1.1~24.2.4 提供的规定, GFCI的连接如图 24.1所示和测试要求
说明如同 24.2.1 中所描述, 顺序步骤如表 24.2 中描述。
24.2 High-resistance ground fault test
24.2.1 In performing the test mentioned in 24.1.5, the resistance R is to be varied to B
obtain the test values of current to be indicated by meter A. The sum of R and the B
resistance of meter A is to be not less than (1) 500 ohms for a Class A and for a cord-connected GFCI, and (2) 125 ohms for a Class B GFCI. The test values of current are to include the minimum specified and the maximum possible according to the class and one or two additional values as may be considered necessary to assure compliance with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4. Ten measurements of current duration are to be made for each mode of operation described and for each value of test current selected. The average of each group of ten is not to exceed the time allowed for the rated class. Individual measurements may exceed the time allowed for the rated class provided that such measurements de not exceed 125 percent of the time allowed for the rate class. The modes of operation noted in Table 24.1 are to be performed. For GFCI intended to be used on 120/240 V circuits, the resistance is to be connected between each ungrounded load terminal, in turn, and the grounded conductor of the supply.
在做24.1.5 中提到的测试时,通过改变电阻 R 在电流表中获得不同的电流值。R和BB
电流表的总电阻大于500ohms适合于Class A和线连接GFCI, 和大于125ohms适合于Class
B GFCI。如认为可以确保具有 24.1.1~24.1.4的所必需的规定, 电流的测试值要包括规定的最小
值和最小值根据Class级别和一个或者两个的附加评定。连续十次测量获得描述各个操作方法和
选择测试电流数值。 每十组平均值不要超过额定级别所允许的时间。单独的测量可以超过额定
级别所允许的时间但不能超过额定级别所允许的时间的百分之125。执行表 24.1中注明的操作
方法。打算使用在120V/240的线路中的GFCI，这电是连接在没有接地的负载末端之间, 依次供
给接地导线。
24.2.2 It may be necessary to prevent tripping of the device under test while adjusting for various values of current in resistance R. Care should then be taken to assure that B
components that are not continuously energized in normal operation should not be caused to be continuously energized during the adjustment procedure. Attempts to bypass one or more poles of the device will usually produce the condition described.
防止装置在测试下跳闸可能需要调节电阻R的电流值。 那时(然后)应该小心保证不B
应该使不连续不断是正常的操作方面的 energized 的部分在调整程序期间连续不断是
energized 。 通常试图迂回透过装置的一或更多的磁极将生产(产生)描述的条件。
24.2.3 In determining the ―most adverse‖ conditions mentioned in Table 24.2, each of the operating parameters described in items a – e of this paragraph is to be varied so as to
obtain a combination, if any, considered to be most adverse to the tested function of the GFCI, at room-temperature ambient. The ―most adverse‖ condition of an operating parameter is to be learned from (1) a study of the design and, (2) if necessary, from operating the sample, provided that if it is necessary to operate the sample, that sample need not be subjected to any of the tests described in these requirements.
在判定表24.2中提到“最不利”的条件，各个操作参数描述在本节a – e项中以更获得不同
的组合，若有的话，被认为是GFCI最不利的测试功能，在室内环境温度。
f) LINE VOLTAGE – The closed-circuit line voltage is to be adjusted within the
range of 85 – 110 percent of rated voltage, at rated load, with the cover(s), if any,
of the device closed, and with the device supported in its marked mounting
position. If no mounting position is marked on the device, any one position that
is considered normal for the device is to be arbitrarily selected. The line voltage
to the device is to be obtained from a source having sinusoidal waveform and
free from any measurable transient voltage rises or dips.
线电压 – 在额定负载，闭合线路线电压适合在额定电压的85~110%内波动，和保护，
如果有的话，关闭装置，和装置的支撑在它们标示的安装位置内。如果没有安装位置标
示在装置上，任意选择装置的任何位置都是正常的。装置的线电压是来自一个正弦波和
不可测量的瞬间电压的下升或下降。
g) MOUNTING POSITION – Except for a permanently connected GFCI marked to
specify a mounting position, the device is to be placed in different positions. The
mounting position of a permanently connected device that is marked to specify a
mounting position is to be varied from the marked mounting positing by no more
than 10 degrees (for a total range of 20 degrees). Rated load is to be connected
and the cover(s), if any, of the device are to be closed.
安装位置 – 除永久连接的GFCI有标示的安装说明外，放置在装置的不同位置。
h) COVER POSITION – Any cover or door normally moved or removed during
operation or functioning of the device, or that can be moved or removed without
the use of a tool, may be so moved or removed. Rated load is to be connected.
在装置的操作或者功能期间通常运动(感动)或者移走的任何盖子或者门, 可以
(可能)那么运动(感动)或者(被)移走, 或者能够没有工具的使用(用处)运动(感动)或者移
走。 额定负载(是)要连接。
i) LOAD – The load may have any value of current up to rated and is to be
resistive.
负载 – 可能任何上升到额定的电流值和电阻。
j) GROUNDING – A cord-connected device, and a permanently connected
device not marked to indicate that it must be grounded, may be either grounded
or ungrounded, whichever is more adverse.
接地 - 软线连接的装置和永久连接的装置没标示表明它必须接地, 可以是接地或者不接
地, 无论是那个都是最不利的。
24.2.4 A GFCI shall comply with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4 when the circuit conductor
that is normally grounded at the service only, is also grounded at a point in the load circuit of the GFCI.
当仅应用线路导体作正常接地时GFCI将满足24.1.1 – 24.1.4中的规定，并且是在GFCI负
载回路的一个点接地。
24.2.5 In determining compliance with the provisions of 24.2.4, the sample is to be connected as shown in Figure 24.2 and tested as described in 24.2.7 for each
and Ras indicated in Table 24.3. The tests are to be conducted both combination of RNG
with R open and with R adjusted for rated current. LL
在决定具有 24.2.4中的规定, 样品连接如图24.2 所示和表 24.3 中注明的各个RN
和 RG与24.2.7所描述的测试相结合。 测试实施断开RL和调整 RL到额定电流。
24.2.6 When testing as described in 24.2.7, additional values of current indicated be meter A and in resistance R and other values of resistance R and R may be employed LNG
if necessary to determine Compliance with the provisions of 24.2.4. Such other values are to be in accordance with the rating of the product and the cable constructions represented in Table 24.3. The product is to trip within the time interval prescribed in 24.1.1 or 24.1.2.
当在做 24.2.7中描述的测试时, 附加显示电流值的电流表和电阻RL和其它可能使用
的电阻RN和RG的值如果必需判定具有条款24.2.4要求。 如此其它的值要与表24.3 表示的
产品级别和电缆构成一致。 产品要在 24.1.1 或者 24.1.2 中规定的时间间隔之内跳闸。
24.2.7 The sample is to be tested following the procedure indicated in items a – c.
样品测试步骤为以下a – c项:
d) Close switch S1 and then switch S3. If the device does not trip, adjust
resistance R to any value that will not cause tripping and close switch S2. B
Decrease resistance R until meter A reads 20 m A for a Class B device or 6 m A B
for other than a Class B device or the device trips. The device may trip with meter
A indicating less than the specified values of current. Conduct procedures ten
times.
关闭开关S1然后开关S3。 如果装置不跳闸, 调整电阻R到任一值关闭开关S2将不导B
致跳闸 。 减小电阻R直到电流表的读数为20mA为一个Class B装置 或读数为6mA为其B
它类装置比较一个Class B装置或装置的跳闸。这个装置可以跳闸电流表的读数大于规格
的电流值。 重复操作十次。
e) Close switch S3 and then switch S1. If the device does not trip, adjust
resistance R to any value that will not cause tripping and close switch S2. B
Decrease resistance R until meter A reads 20 m A for a Class B device or 6 m A B
for other than a Class B device or the device trips. The device may trip with meter
A indicating less than the specified values of current. Conduct procedures ten
times.
关闭开关S3然后开关S1.如果装置不跳闸, 调整电阻R到任一值关闭开关S2将不导B
致跳闸.减小电阻R直到电流表的读数为20mA为一个Class B装置或读数为6mA为其B
它类装置比较一个Class B装置或装置的跳闸.这个装置可以跳闸电流表的读数大于规格
的电流值.重复操作十次.
f) With resistance R adjusted to cause 20 mA for a Class B device or 6 mA for B
other than a Class B device, Close switches S2 and S3. Close switch S1. Conduct
procedures ten times.
开闭开关S2和S3，再关闭开关S1，通过电阻RB的电流为20mA是Class B装置或者
电流是6mA的其它装置。
25 Resistance False Tripping Test (电阻假设跳闸测试)
25.1 A GFCI shall have necessary resistance to tripping when connected to load circuits that have:
c) Values of leakage current anticipated in normal service, and
在正常服务中预先设定的漏电电流值。
d) Normal transient electrical disturbances such as those caused by switching.
例如由正常开关引起的那些瞬间用电干扰。
25.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 25.1, a GFCI is to be connected
as shown in Figure 25.1 with the impedance Z described in 25.3 or 25.4, and tested as
described in (1) 25.6, in each of the steps shown in Table 24.2 and (2) 25.7. Switches S1
and S2 shown in Figure 25.1 are to be of the mercury-contact type or otherwise capable
of (1) closing with minimum contact bounce and (2) opening with minimum clearing time.
They may control both conductors if that is more adverse.
为了决定具有 25.1 中提到的规定, GFCI依照图25.1与25.3或25.4中描述的阴抗Z
相联接 , 和依照25.6中所描述的测试, 依照表24.2和25.7的各个步骤。 在 图25.1中所示的
开关S1和S2是具有银点接触类或用不同的方法能够随最小量接触而关闭弹跳和最小量打开的
交换时间。 如果那有最不利它们可能控制两个导体。
25.3 With a Class B GFCI, the impedance Z indicated in Table 25.1 is to be employed.
若是Class BGFCI，阻抗Z使用表25.1中所示阻值。
25.4 With a device other than Class B, the components of impedance Z are to be as
indicated in Table 25.2.
若不是Class B 装置，阻抗Z与表25.2中所示一样。
25.5 A GFCI with an adjustable control shall comply with the provisions of 25.1 for at least
one setting of the control.
25.6 The tests mentioned in 25.2 are as follows:
25.2这测试说明如下:
d) Under the ―most adverse‖ conditions described in 25.9, the device is not to trip
while operating continuously,
在25.9中描述的“最不利”条件下，当装置连续工作时是不跳闸。
e) Under the ―most adverse‖ conditions described in 25.9, the device is not to trip
more than three times in ten operations of each switch S1 and switch S2, and
在25.9中描述的“最不利”条件下，开关S1和S2十次运行装置最少有三次不
跳闸。
f) Under the ―most adverse‖ conditions described in 25.9, a device other than
Class B is not to trip at less than 4 mA. The device may trip at less than 4 mA but not
less than 3.5 mA when the temperature of the ambient air is less than minus 5 ?
(plus 23 ?F) or more than 40 ? (104 ?F). The impedance Z is gradually reduced until
the GFCI trips. The capacitive component of Z is to be disconnected and switches
S1 and S2 are to be closed. The procedure is to be conducted three times under
each of the ―most adverse‖ conditions.
在25.9中描述的“正常”条件下，除了一个Class B 装置在小4 mA 时是
不跳闸的。这装置可能跳闸在小于4 mA 但至少3.5 mA 当这周围空气温度小于负5? (正
23?) 或大于40? (104?)。这阻抗 Z 逐渐减小直到GFCI跳闸。Z的电容成分是断开和关
闭开关S1和S2。
25.7 The tests mentioned in 25.2 are as follows:
在25.2中提及到的测试如下:
c) Under the ―normal‖ condition described in 25.8, the device is not to trip more
than three times in 100 operations of each switch S1 and S2, and
在25.8中描述的“正常”条件下，开关S1和S2 100次运行装置最少有三次不
跳闸。
d) Under the ―normal‖ conditions described in 25.8, the device is not to trip more
than one time in ten operations of any switch that is an integral part of the device
and that controls the electric supply to the load.
在25.8中描述的“正常”条件下，任何一个开关十次运行装置最少有
一次不跳闸。
25.8 Normal conditions called for in 25.7 are to include rated voltage, ground-lead switch SG
closed, normal mounting position, all doors closed and rated load. The voltage waveform is to be sinusoidal and free from any measurable transient rises or dips.
在25.7中 正常状态的要求包括额定电压，接地导线开关 SG 关闭，正常的安装位
置, 所有门关闭和额定的负载。
25.9 In determining the ―most adverse‖ conditions mentioned in Table 24.2, each of the operating parameters described in items a – f of this is to be varied so as to obtain a
combination, if any, considered to be most adverse to the tested function of the GFCI, at room temperature ambient. The most adverse condition of an operating parameter is to be learned from (1) a study of the design and, (2) if necessary from operating the sample, provided that if it is necessary to operate the sample, that sample need not be subjected to any of the tests described in these requirements. An adjustable control, if provided, is not to be adjusted after having started the tests specified in 25.2.
在决定表 24.2 “最不利” 中提到的条件, 在a – f项中描述的每一个操作参数是不
同以致获得一个结合, 如果有可能的话, 认为对GFCI的最不利的功能测试, 在室温环境下。操作
参数的最相反的条件向设计的学习(研究)(是)要学习和, 如果必要从引起样品, 只要如果引起样
品, 这必要, 样品易受在这些需要方面描述的任何测验不必。
g) LINE VOLTAGE – The voltage is to be adjusted within the range of 85 – 110
percent of rated voltage, with the covers (if any) of the device closed, and with
the device supported in its that is considered normal for the device is to be
arbitrarily selected. The line voltage to the device is to be obtained from a source
having sinusoidal waveform and free from any measurable transient voltage
rises or dips.
线电压 – 电压是在额定电压的85~110% 的范围之内调整, 这些外壳 (如果有)是密
封的装置, 和在中支持的装置就装置而言认为它的正常(是)要专断选择。 对装置的线电
压是从有正弦曲线波形的来源获得和没有任何可测量瞬时电压的提升或者沐浴。
h) MOUNTING POSITION – Except for a permanently connected GFCI marked to
specify a mounting position, the device is to be placed in different positions. The
mounting position of a permanently connected device which is marked to specify
a mounting position is to be varied from the marked mounting position by no
more than 10 degrees (for a total range of 20 degrees). Rated load is to be
connected and the cover(s), if any, of the device are to be closed.
安装位置 - 除了永久连接的GFCI标定的指定一个安装位置, 装置是要放在不同位置
里。记号(成绩)(以)规定一个安装位置的一个永久连接的装置的安装位置(是)要由不超过
10 度与显著的安装位置不同 (为 20 度的总范围) 。 额定负载是要连接的和装置的外
壳 , 如果有的话, 是要密封的。
i) COVER POSITION – Any cover of door normally moved or removed during
operation or functioning of the device, or that can be moved or removed without
the use of a tool, may be so moved or removed. Rated load is to be connected.
外壳位置 , 可以(可能)那么运动(感动)或者被移走- 通常在操作期间运动(感动)或者消除
的门或者装置功能的任何盖子, 或者能够没有工具的使用(用处)运动(感动)或者移走。 额
定负载(是)要连接。
j) LOAD – The load may have any value of steady-state current up to rated.
For a Class A device, the load may be appliances, tools, underwater
swimming-pool lighting fixtures or other utilization equipment. For a Class B
device, the load is to be underwater swimming-pool lighting fixtures or the
equivalent. See 32.8.
负载 – 负载可以有任何稳定的电流值直到额定的电流值。
k) CAPACITIVE LEAKAGE – The value of capacitance (selected from Table 25.1)
may be connected or omitted.
漏电电容 – 电容可以连接或不连接.
l) GROUNDING – If a permanently connected device is not marked to indicate
that it must be grounded, ground-lead switch SG may be open or closed.
26 Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by RF fields
26.1 The GFCI shall operate normally (test and reset) after completion of this test and there
shall not be any evidence of a risk of fire or risk of electrical shock. The GFCI shall not
trip when subjected to the applied frequency. The test method described in the Standard
for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Part 4: Testing and Measurement Techniques –
Section 6, Immunity to conducted disturbances, induced by radio-frequency fields, IEC
61000-4-6, is to be followed. The representative GFCI is to be subjected to a conducted
disturbance at 0.5 V over a frequency range of 150 kHz to 230 MHz.
GFCI 将在这个测试的完成之后正常地操作( 测试而且重新设定)和将不有任何失火的
危险和电击的危险迹象。 当受应用的频率时GFCI将不跳闸。在标准因为电磁兼容(EMC) 部份 4
中被描述的测试方法: 测试和测量技术–第 6 节, 防疫引导干扰,借着无线电电波领域 , 遵循
IEC 61000-4-6 。典型的GFCI易受150kH ~ 230MK的频率范围0.5 V 以上的实施干扰。
27 Regulation Test
27.1 The inherent regulation of a GFCI at rated input voltage shall be such that the
difference between output voltage at no load and output voltage at maximum rated
current shall not be more than two percent of the output voltage at rated current.
处于额定的输入电压状态, GFCI的固有调节将是没有负载输出电压和最大的额定电流
的输出电压之间的差别小于额定的电流状态输出电压的百分之二。
28 Normal Temperature Test
28.1 When carrying rated current and with rated voltage applied, a GFCI shall not attain a
temperature at any point that is sufficiently high to (1) constitute a fire hazard, (2) affect
injuriously any materials used in the device, or (3) exhibit greater rises in temperature at
specific points than indicated in Table 28.1, based on an assumed average ambient
temperature in normal service of 255 ? (77 ?F). A 120/240 V GFCI is to be connected to
a 120/240 V supply, or two phases of a 120/208 V supply, adjusted to rated voltage of the
supply. Loads are to be connected to the load terminals to cause the load conductors,
including the neutral conductor, to carry rated current.
当传送额定电流时和额定电压的应用, GFCI将不达到一个充分高温度在任何点以构
成火灾的危险,影响有害的任何材料用于装置，或者比在表 28.1 中表明的在专门点在温度中表现
出更大的提升,基于平正常的服务一个均环境温度为25 ?5 ?( 77 ?) . 一个120/240V的GFCI
是连接一个120/240V供给, 或者一个120/208V供应的两个阶段, 调整到额定电压供给。 负载
要连接负载终端设备使负载导体, 包括零线, 传送额定电流。
28.2 In performing the test described in 28.1, parts and circuits that are heated only when
there is GFCI are to be continuously heated be providing a value of ground-fault current
just low enough not to cause tripping.
在完成在 28.1 中描述的测试时, 仅仅当有GFCI时加热的部分和电路(绕行)(是)要连
续不断加热提供地面错误电(潮)流刚刚(仅仅)很低的一个(价)值不(要)(以)产生旅行。
28.3 Coil or winding temperatures are to be measured by thermocouples unless access
cannot be gained for mounting a thermocouple (for example, a coil enclosed in sealing
compound) or unless the coil wrap includes thermal insulation, such as asbestos, or
more than two layers (1/32 inch or 0.8 mm maximum) of cotton, paper, rayon, or the like.
At a point on the surface of a coil where the temperature is affected by an external
source of heat, the temperature rise measured by means of a thermocouple may be
10 ? (18 ?F) more than the indicated maximum, provided that the temperature rise of
the coil, as measured by the resistance method is no more than that specified in Table
28.1.
除非为安装一个热电偶 (例如, 线圈在密封化合物时包围了) 不能获得途径或者线圈
包裹包括热绝缘体, 例如石绵, 或者 ( 1 / 32 英吋或者 0.8 毫米最大值) 棉花, 纸(文章), 人造
丝, 或者等一类东西的 多于两个层, 线圈或者线圈的温度(是)要由热电偶测量。 在线圈表面上的
一个点由热的外部来源在哪里影响温度, 温度借助于一个热电偶提升测量也许是 10? ( 18 ?) .
比表明的最大值多, 只要线圈的温度增高, 如同由阻力方法测量那样是在桌子 28.1 中规定的不
到。
28.4 Except at coils, temperature readings are to be obtained by means of thermocouples
consisting of wire not large than No.24 AWG, and a temperatures is considered to be
constant when three successive readings, taken at intervals of 10 percent of the
previously elapsed duration of the test, but not less than 5-minute intervals, indicate no
change. When thermocouples are used in the determination of temperatures in
connection with the heating of electrical devices, it is common practice to employ
thermocouples consisting of No.30 AWG iron and constantan wires and a potentiometer
type of indicating instrument. Such equipment is to be used whenever referee
temperature measurements by thermocouples are necessary.
除了在以外线圈, 温度读数(是)要比 诺.24 AWG 借助于由电线不大组成的热电偶获
得, 并且认为一个温度当三个连续读数, 测验以前流逝的持续时间的百分之 10 的每隔一段间隔
拿, 时是经常(不变)的但是不少于 5 - 微小的间隔, 不表明变化。 当把热电偶关于电装置的加热
(激动)用于温度的决定(测定)时, 使用由 诺.30 AWG 铁和康铜的电线和一电位计类型表明设
备组成的热电偶, 这是平常的事情。 只要用热电偶的裁判员温度测量必要, 这样的设备(是)要使
用。
28.5 Ambient air is to be at any convenient temperature within the range of 20 – 30 ? (68 -
86 ?F).
环境空气是以任何合适温度在 20 - 30 ?( 68 - 86 ?)的范围之内 .
28.6 The thermocouples and related instruments are to be accurate and calibrated in
accordance with accepted laboratory practice. The thermocouple wire is to conform with
the requirements specified in the Initial Calibration Tolerances for Thermocouples table
in ―Temperature-Measurement Thermocouples‖, ANSI/ISA MC96.1 (1982).
这些热电偶和相关的设备是精确的和通过公认的实验室实校准。 对于热电偶电线要符
合在表“温度测量热电偶”中热电偶在初始校准公差规定的需要,ANSI/ISA MC96.1 (1982)。
29. Dielectric Voltage-Withstand Test
29.1 In a GFCI, except as described in 29.2, the insulation and spacings between (1)
line-connected circuits, and (2) other circuits and accessible parts shall withstand
without breakdown the test potentials shown in Table 29.1. The functional insulation and
spacings of other circuits too shall withstand without breakdown the test potentials
shown in Table 29.1, except that where the potential does not exceed 70 V peak in
normal service, the test potential is to be 500 V. See 21.1.
在GFCI中 ,除如29.2所描述外，线连接的线路和其它的线路和可接近的零件之间的隔
离和留间隔将没有击穿在表29.1.中被显示的测试潜在性抵抗。 其它电路的功能绝缘体和间距也
将没有损坏在经受表 29.1 中展示的测试电压, 除了在正常的服务方面那个在电压峰值不超过
70V 以外, 这测试电压是 500 V 。参见 21.1 。
29.2 Functional insulation and spacings inherent in a component need not withstand the
test potentials mentioned in 29.1 if the component in question complies with the
requirements applicable to the component.
如果正被谈论的组件顺从适用于组件的需要, 在一个组件中固有的功能绝缘体和间距不
必经受在 29.1 中提到的测试电压。
29.3 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 29.1, the insulation and
spacings are to be subjected to 60 Hz essentially sinusoidal potential increased from
zero to the values specified and maintained for a period of one minute. The increase in
the applied potential is to be at a substantially uniform rate and as rapid as is consistent
with the value of the applied potential being correctly indicated by the voltmeter.
为了决定具有 29.1 规定的要求, 绝缘体和间距(是)要易受从零到在刚才的一个时期
规定和保持的值增进的 60Hz基本上正弦曲线的电压。 应用电压的增加要以像与由电压表应用
的潜在正确地表明的值一致那样一个充分地均匀的价格和快速的。
29.4 Where the construction of the GFCI is such as to deny access to the insulation to be
tested, suitable subassemblies may be employed.
在GFCI 的建设(筑)是不让测验的绝缘体通路的那里, 可以(可能)使用合适组件。
29.5 In the application of test potentials to insulating surfaces, metal foil may be used
providing that care is taken to avoid flashover at the edge of the insulation.
在测验电压在隔离表面方面应用方面, 金属铂可以使用, 规定小心在绝缘体的边避免飞
弧。
30 Overload and Motor Starting Test (过载启动测试)
31.3 A GFCI shall have necessary interrupting capacity. In addition, a Class A and a
cord-connected device shall not trip as a result of motor starting.
GFCI 将有必要切断容量。 此外, 一个A级和一个软线连接的装置在过载启动时将不
会跳闸。
31.4 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 30.1,a Class A or a
cord-connected device is to be caused to switch an inductive impedance adjusted for a
value of load current equal to six times the ampere rating of the device and a power
factor within the range of 0.45-0.50.
为了决定是否符合 30.1中的规定, 一个A级或者一个软线连接的产品要转换一个等于产
品电流6倍的负载电流和在0.45-0.5之间范围内的电源因子的诱导性的阻抗。
31.5 Reactive components of the impedance mentioned in 30.2 may be paralleled with
each other if they are of the air-core type. An air-core reactor is to be paralleled with
resistance adjusted to dissipate approximately one percent of the total power dissipated
in the impedance without such resistance.
在30.2内提到的阻抗的反应性零件可能相互之间是平行的,如果它们是空气核心的类型。一个
空气核心的反应装置要和调整到没有这个电阻的阻抗的整体电源消散1个比例平行。
31.6 The value of paralleled resistance R in ohms mentioned in 30.3 may be obtained by
calculation form the relationship in which E is the closed-circuit voltage at the load and I
is the load current in amperes, without resistance R.
在30.3提到的平行的阻抗值奥姆R可通过E和I的关系计算得来,E是负载的关闭的回路,I是没有阻
抗的安培负载电流
163ERI
31.7 The supply circuit for the test mentioned in 30.2 is to have the capacity to provide a
closed-circuit voltage not less than 85 percent of the rated voltage of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter. Except when a higher value is agreed to by those concerned, the
open-circuit voltage is to be in the range of 100-105 percent of the rated voltage of the
ground-fault circuit-interrupter. A1-A fuse is to be connected between the grounded
conductor of the supply circuit and accessible conductive parts of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter. This fuse shall not operate to open the circuit.
30.2中提到的测试供给线路容量规定GFCI的闭合回路电压不小于额定电压的85%。 除
了那些更高的相关值可拉受外，GFCI的开路电压额定电压的100~105%之间。A1-A保险丝要连
接在供应回路的接地导体和GFCI的可接触传导性零件。这个保险丝不可以打开回路操作。
31.8 In performing the test mentioned in 30.2 the device is to be switched ―on‖ and, after
one second, switched ‖off‖, for a total of 25 cycles of operation, at the rate of six cycles
per minute.
在做30.2的测试时1要打开‖ON‖,然后过一秒钟,按‖OFF‖键,总共25次操作周期,按每分钟6
周的比率。
Exception No. 1: If the device operation will not permit these cycle times, times as close as possible to there are to be used
例外 1 : 如果装置操作不允许这些周转时间,那么要使用的时间要尽量贴近。
Exception No. 2: If it is determined that for a duration less than one second,(1) the device conducts the test current without interrupting the circuit or being adversely affected by heat, and (2) the device contacts are properly seated before the break is initiated as confirmed by oscilloscopic or oscillographic measurements, the ‖on‖ time may be reduced to that duration, provided the duration is not less than one-half second.
例外2:决定周期是否少于1秒(1)产品没有中断回路或反过来被热影响到以测试电流,和(2)产品的端
子可能会在示波器测量值确认破裂开始前安装,提供的周期不少于1.5秒。
31.9 A Class B ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be caused to switch 25 times a
tungsten-filament lamp load, or the equivalent, adjusted for 150 percent of rated
current. The number of lamps is to be the smallest possible, using lamps of standard
wattage ratings, providing that no lamp used is to be rated more than 500 W without the
agreement of the submitter. The ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be operated at a
rate not to exceed ten times per minute provided that lamps, if used, are to be allowed to
be ―off‖ at least 55 seconds before being energized. Tripping is allowed. See 32.8.
一个B级的GFCI产品要可能转换一个钨丝灯泡的负载25次,或替代品,调整额定电流的
150 %。灯的型号要尽可能最小,使用灯泡的标准额定瓦特数,未经提供者的同意不使用超过500W
的灯。
32 Low-resistance Ground Fault Test
32.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall operate to interrupt the circuit when a low
resistance ground fault is present.
当有一个小电阻漏电 存在时漏电电路断续器操作切断电路。
32.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 31.1 the circuit is to be as
described in 30.5. The resistance R is to be adjusted for a value of current equal to six
times the ration of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter and connected as shown in Figure
31.1 so as simulate a ground fault. The current is to be initiated 25 times, at intervals of
10 seconds, or longer if necessary to reset the device. The 1-A fuse (shown in Figure
31.1) connected to accessible conductive parts of the device shall not open. Automatic
interruption of the fault current is to occur each time in not more than T seconds as
determined in accordance with the equation
为了决定具有 31.1中的规定, 电路要如同 30.5 中描述的那样。 电阻R (是)要六乘地面错
误电路(绕行)断续器的定量配给为等于的电(潮)流的一个(价)值调整和那么作为在 31.1 插图方
面如同显示那样连接模拟一个地面错误。 如果重新安排这个装置(所)必需, 电(潮)流(是)要开始
25 倍(次), 10 秒的每隔一段间隔, 或者更长了。 连接装置的易接近传导一些部分的 1 - 保险
丝 (在 31.1 插图方面显示) 将不开。 错误电(潮)流的自动中断(是)要每次依据等式如同决定那
样在中发生(出现)得 T 第几秒钟至多。
And the average value of time for the 25 operations is not to exceed
和对(用 )于 25 个操作时间的平均(价)值不(是)要超过。
The quantity V is the value of closed circuit voltage at the line terminals of the device.
量 V 在装置的线(行)终端设备是紧密电路(绕行)电压的(价)值。
32 Endurance Test
32.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall have the necessary capacity for normal
operation.
GFCI正常的操作中将具有必需的容量。
32.2 Except as permitted in 32.7, in order to determine compliance with 32.1, a ground-fault
circuit-interrupter is to be caused to switch an inductive load adjusted for a value of load
current equal to the ampere rating of the device and a power factor within the range of
0.75-0.80.
除了32.7 中允许的以外, 为了决定具有 32.1 的要求, GFCI要引起开关一个感性负载为负
载电流等于装置的额定安培和功率因子在0.75~0.80范围内。
32.3 In performing the test described in 32.2, the device is to be switched ‖on‖ and, after one second, switched ‖off‖ at a rate of approximately 6 cycles of operation per minute for 3000 cycles .An additional 3000 cycles are to be performed with automatic tripping by way of the supervisory circuit.
在完成32.2 中描述的测试, 装置要被转变为" on" 并且, 在一秒钟以后, 为" off " 以每分
钟运行 6个周期的速度运行3000 个周期。 附加3000 个周期是通过控制回路自动跳闸的方法
来完成。
32.4 Reactive components of the load mentioned in 32.2 may be paralleled with each other if they are of the air-core type. An air-core reactor is to be paralleled with resistance adjusted to dissipate approximately one percent of the total power dissipated in the load without such resistance.
如果他们是空气铁芯式变压器, 在 32.2 中提到的感性负载可以是彼此相互并联的。一个空
气铁芯式变压器电抗扼流线圈的并联阻抗损耗调整到大约为总功率损耗的百分之一在这负载没
有这样的电阻。
32.5 The value of paralleled resistance R in ohms mentioned in 32.4 may be obtained by calculation from the relationship
在32.4中提到的损耗电阻值R为ohms，可用以下关系型获得:
52ERI
In which E is the closed-circuit voltage at the load and I is the load current in amperes
without resistance R.
32.6 In performing the test described in 32.2, the capacity of the supply circuit is to be such as to allow a closed-circuit voltage not less than 97.5 percent of the rated voltage of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. Except when a higher value is agreed to by those concerned, the open-circuit voltage is to be in the range of 100-105 percent of the rated voltage of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. A 1-A fuse is to be connected between the grounded conductor of the supply circuit and accessible conductive parts of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. This fuse shall not operate to open the circuit.
在完成32.2 中描述的测试, 供应电路(绕行)的容量(是)要是不少于地面错误电路(绕行)断续
器价格(比率)的电压的百分之 97.5 承认一个紧密- 电路(绕行)的电压的。 除了那时以外一个更
高的(价)值由涉及的那些同意了, 公开(开着)- 电路(绕行)的电压(是)要处于地面错误电路(绕行)
断续器价格(比率)的电压的百分之 100 105 的范围。 1 - 保险丝(是)要在地面错误电路(绕行)
断续器供应电路(绕行)和易接近的传导一些部分的落地的导体之间连接。 这个保险丝将不操作
(以)开这个电路(绕行)。
32.7 A Class B ground-fault circuit-interrupter need be tested only with a tungsten-filament lamp or equivalent load adjusted for rated current under steady-state conditions. The number of lamps is to be the smallest possible using lamps of standard wattage ratings, provided that no lamp is rated more than 500 W without agreement of the submitter. Lamps are to be ―off‖ at least 55 seconds.
仅仅用钨细丝灯需要测试一个班级(课) B 地面错误电路(绕行)断续器或者测试在稳态的条件
下为价格(比率)的电(潮)流调整的相当负载。 灯的数字(目)(是)要是标准的传送 ratings 的最小
的可能使用灯, 只要使任何灯没有提交者的同意不应该是多于 500 个 W 。 灯离开(是)要是
〃至少 55 秒。
32.8 In performing the test mentioned in 25.9, 30.7, and 32.7, the supply circuit shall be capable of providing a peak current not less than 14.1 times the rms value of
steady-state current in the load, within 1/240 second after the current is initiated. The voltage is to be as described in 32.6.
在完成方面测验在 25.9 , 30.7 , 和 32.7 中提到, 供应电路(绕行)将能够 14.1 乘负载方面
稳态的电(潮)流的 均方根 (价)值不少于提供一个山峰(顶点)电(潮)流, 在电(潮)流以后的 1 /
240 第二之内开始。 电压(是)要在 32.6 中如同描述那样。
32.9 A sample that has been subjected to an endurance test need not withstand any other of the tests described in these requirements.
易受一个忍耐测验的样品不必顶住在这些需要方面描述的测验的任何其它的。
32.10 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall withstand being tripped by means of the supervisory circuit and reset, at rated voltage without load, 25 times in as rapid succession ad practicable.
一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器将顶住借助于多主管人的电路(绕行)旅行和作为快速连续性
广告可以实行重新安排了, 处于没有负载的价格(比率)的电压状态, 25 倍(次)。
33 Abnormal Operation Test (异常运行测试)
33.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall not become a shock or fire hazard when operating while in an abnormal condition, such as with a short-circuited or open-circuited component.
GFCI当处于反常条件运行时将不变有电击或者火灾的危险, 例如组件有短路回路或者开路回
路。
33.2 A single layer of cheesecloth is to be loosely draped over the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. In addition, a cord-connected device is to rest on while tissue paper supported by a softwood surface. A 1-A fuse is to be connected between the grounded supply conductor and accessible conductive parts of the device.
在GFCI上松散地披一层干酪纱布。此外,用一个软线连接的装置放在一块放有棉纸的软木板
上面。 用一个1A的保险丝在接地供应导线和装置的易接近的一些零件之间连接。
33.3 The cheesecloth mentioned in 33.2 is to be bleached cheesecloth running 14-15 square yards per pound mass, (approximately 26-28 square meters per kilogram mass), and having what is known in the trade as a ―count of 32 by 28‖, that is, for any square inch, 32 threads in one direction and 28 threads in the other direction (for any square centimeter, 13 threads in one direction and 11 in the other direction.)
在 33.2 中提到的 包干酪纱布 (是)要是每磅(英镑)群众跑(开) 14 - 15 个平方码的漂白的
包干酪纱布 , (每千克的大约 26 - 28 个平方米聚集) , 并且在贸易(商业)中用 28 个〃 32
的所谓的计数为任何平方英吋即一个方向的 32 根线(丝)和另一个方向的 28 根线,(为任何广场
(方形)厘计量, 一个方向的 13 根线(丝)和另一个方向的 11 。)
33.4 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter operating under abnormal conditions will be considered to have become a hazard if:
GFCI在反常条件下操作的GFCI 变得危险:
d) There is glowing or flaming of the cheesecloth or tissue paper mentioned in
33.2,or
那儿有炽热的或燃烧的在33.2中提到的干酪纱布或棉纸。
e) There is emission of molten metal, or
那儿有熔化的金属谢出。
f) The fuse mentioned in 33.2 operates to open the circuit, or
在33.2中提到的保险丝运行在开路回路，
d) Except if the device is likely to be removed from service, there is dielectric
failure (see 33.6 and 33.7), or
e) It is possible to touch a part with the articulated probe shown in Figure 3.1
while there is a shock hazard at that part, or
f) There is any other evidence of hazard.
33.5 If normal operation of the supervisory circuit after abnormal operation provides an
indication of proper functioning of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, the device shall
be capable of complying with the applicable provisions of 24.1.1 -24.1.4. 如果在反常操作以后, 多主管人的电路(绕行)的正常的操作提供地面错误电路(绕行)断续器恰当功能
的一个指示(标志), 装置将能够顺从 24.1.1 24.1.4 的可适用供应。
33.6 Failure to comply with the provisions of 29.1 will be considered to be dielectric failure.
33.7 A device that is no longer able to complete the electric circuit to the load will be
considered likely to be removed from service.
将认为不再能对负载完成这个电电路(绕行)的一个装置很可能从服务移走。
33A Surge Current Test
Added Section 33A
effective January 1, 2003
33A.1 General
33A.1.1 Each of three previously untested representative devices of the GFCI are to be
subjected to the Surge Current Test in 33A.2.1-33A.4.1 without demonstration, either
during or after testing:
a) Emission of flame, molten metal, glowing or flaming particles through
any openings(pre-existing or created as a rest of the test ) in the product.
b) charring, glowing, or flaming of the supporting surface, tissue paper,
or cheesecloth.
c) lgnition of the enclosure
d) Creation of any openings in the enclosure that results in accessibility
of live parts, when judged in accordance with Accessibility of Energized Parts,
Section 13.
33A.2 Mounting and installation
33.A.2.1 A GFCI shall be placed on a softwood surface covered with a double layer of white tissue paper.
Each GFCI is to be loosely draped with a double layer of cheesecloth. The cheesecloth shall cover openings (for example, receptacle openings, ventilation openings) where flame, molten metal, or other particles are not prohibited from being expelled as a result of the test. However the cheesecloth shall not be deliberately pushed into openings. GFCI’s that are intended only for use in enclosures shall be tested in their intended enclosure. The enclosure shall be representative of the worst case situation for this test. 把 地面故障电路中断器 将放在用白薄纸纸(文章)的双人(双份)层覆盖的一个软材表面上。
每一个 地面故障电路中断器 都(是)要松散地窗帘此时有 包干酪纱布 的双人(双份)层。 包干酪纱
布 在燃烧那里将覆盖 设立 (例如, 插孔 设立 , 通风 设立 ) , 把金属熔化, 或者没从由于测验驱
逐禁止其它粒子。然而 包干酪纱布 不故意推到 设立 里。 旨在于仅仅用于包围的 地面故障电路
中断器's 的在他们的打算的包围中将(被)测试。 包围对于这个测验将是最坏(最差)的情况(箱子)情况
(情势)的代表。
33A.3 Surge parameters
33A.3.1 A plug-in type ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be subjected to a surge of 6 KV
at 3 KA. A permanently-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be subjected to a
minimum surge of 6 kV at 10 kA. The surge shall be a combination 1.2/50μs, 8/20μs
voltage/current surge waveform.
一个插头(是)要在 3 点 KA 易受 6 千伏特 的冲击波- 在类型地面错误电路(绕行)断续器
中。 一个永久连接的地面错误电路(绕行)断续器(是)要易受 10 个 kA 6 个 千伏特 的最小冲
击波。 冲击波将是结合 1.2 / 50 个霐 , 8 / 20 个霐 电压/ 目前(流行)的冲击波波形。
33A.4 Surge polarity
33A.4.1 The polarity of the impulses shall be one positive applied at a phase angle of 90 degrees (+0,-15) and one negative applied at a phase angle of 90 degrees (+0,-15). 这些)动力(冲力)的极性将是在 90 度 ( +0 , - 15 ) 的一个阶段角(角度)在 90 度 ( +0 , - 15 ) 和
一(个)否定的一个阶段角(角度)应用的一个正极应用。
33B Abnormal Overvoltage Tests(不正常过压测试)
Added Section 33B effective January 1, 2003
33B.1 General
33B.1.1 After being tested as described in Full Phase Voltage-High Current abnormal
Overvoltage Test,
Section 33B.2 and Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, 33B.3, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter
Shall not result in any of the following conditions:
在一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器将不导引任何(这些)下面的条件以后如同全面地描述阶段电压高的
目前(流行)反常超压测验, 部分 33B.2 和限制目前(流行)反常超压测验, 33B.3 , 那样测验:
a) Emission of flame, molten metal, glowing or flaming particles
through any openings (pre-existing or created as a result of the test in the
product),
b) Charring, glowing, or flaming of the supporting surface, tissue
paper, or cheesecloth,
c) Ignition of the enclosure, and
d) creation of any openings in the enclosure that results in
accessibility of live parts, when judged in accordance with Accessibility of Live
Parts, Section 13.
33B.1.2 The representative devices used for each of the tests described in 33B.2.1-33B.3.2
are to be previously untested.
用作在 33B.2.1 - 33B.3.2 中描述的每一个测验的代表装置(是)要以前是 未经考验的 。
33B.1.3 The representative GFCI’s shall be placed on a softwood surface covered with a double layer of white tissue paper. The orientation of the representative device shall be such as to create the most severe conditions representative of normal installation. Each representative GFCI is to be loosely draped with a double layer of cheesecloth. The cheesecloth shall cover openings (for example, receptacle openings, ventilation openings and any other similar openings) where flame, molten metal, or other particles may be expelled as a result of the test. However, the cheesecloth shall not be deliberately pushed into openings.
把 地面故障电路中断器's 代表的将放在用白薄纸纸(文章)的双人(双份)层覆盖的一个软材表面上。
代表装置的方向将是创造(引起)正常的安装最严重的条件代表的。 每一个 地面故障电路中断器 代
表都(是)要松散地窗帘此时有 包干酪纱布 的双人(双份)层。 包干酪纱布 在燃烧那里将覆盖 设立
(例如, ) 插孔 设立 , 通风 设立 和任何其它类似 设立 , 把金属熔化, 或者可以(可能)由于测验驱
逐其它粒子。然而, 包干酪纱布 不故意推到 设立 里。
33B.1.4 Cord-connected, direct plug-in, permanently-connected receptacle, and other ground-fault circuit-interrupter types intended for connection to common outlet boxes (such as raceways, multiple outlet assembly types) shall be tested in accordance with Limited current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, Section 33B.3 in both normal and reversed polarity.
软线连接的, 指导插头- 在, 永久连接的插孔, 中并且对共有(通常)退场口盒子旨在于关联的其它地
面错误电路(绕行)断续器类型 (例如电缆管道, 若干退场口集合打字) 依据限制的目前(流行)反常超
压测验将(被)测试, 在二者正常中的测试部分 33B.3 和倒转的极性。
33B.1.5 When agreed upon by all concerned parties, fewer representative ground-fault circuit-interrupters than those specified in 33B.2.1-33B.3.2 shall be used for testing. 当由所有涉及的聚会在上面同意时, 把比在 33B.2.1 - 33B.3.2 中规定的那些较少代表地面错误
电路(绕行)断续器将用作测验。
33B.1.6 Following the tests described in Full Phase Voltage-High Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, section 33B.2 and Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, section 33B.3, the same representative devices are to be subjected to and comply with the Leakage current Test, section 22, for cord-connected and direct plug-in GFCIs, and Grounding, Section 9, for cord-connected, direct plug-in, and permanently-connected receptacle-type GFCIs. The leakage current test shall be conducted within five minutes of the end of the abnormal overvoltage tests.
使测验全面地描述阶段电压高的目前(流行)反常超压测验, 部分 33B.2 和限制目前(流行)反常超压
测验, 部分 33B.3 , (这些)相同的代表装置(是)要受到和对于软线连接的和直接的插头顺从渗漏目前
(流行)测验, 第 22 部分, - 在 GFCIs , 和基础, 部分 9 , 为软线连接的, 指导插头, 和永久连接的
插孔类型- 在 GFCIs 中。在反常超压测验末端的五分钟之内将实施(导引)渗漏目前(流行)测验。
33B.1.7 Operation of the ac-power-line circuit breaker, fuse internal or external to the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, or operation of an acceptable overcurrent or overtemperature protective device provided as part of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter is considered acceptable.
交流电权力(动力)线(行)电路(绕行)破坏者的操作, 对地面错误电路(绕行)断续器熔合内部或者外部
的, 或者认为可接受的过电流的操作或者作为地面错误电路(绕行)断续器的一部分提供的超温度的
保护装置可接受的。
33B.1.8 Following the tests described Full Phase voltage-High current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, Section 33B.2 and Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test, Section 33B.3, the same representative devices are to be subjected to and comply with Grounding,
Section 9, for permanently-connected, other than receptacle type, ground-fault circuit-interrupters.
使测验描述完全阶段电压高的目前(流行)反常超压测验, 部分 33B.2 和限制目前(流行)反常超压测
验, 部分 33B.3 , (这些)相同的代表装置(是)要受到和顺从基础, 部分 9 , 为永久连接的, 除了插孔
类型以外, 地面错误电路(绕行)断续器。
33B.2 Full phase voltage-high current abnormal overvoltage test
33B.2.1 After being tested as described in this section, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall comply with the requirements in 33B.1.1. One previously untested ground-fault circuit-interrupter, for each combination of conductor pairs that were tested in accordance with the Voltage Surge Test, Section 23, is to be subjected to the application of the test voltage as specified in Table 33B.2.2 with a power factor as specified in Table 33B.2.3 The ac power source shall have an available short-circuit (fault) current (Isc) as specified in Table 33B.2.2 For each representative device the overvoltage is to be applied for 7 hours, or until current to , or temperatures within the GFCI attain equilibrium, or until the GFCI becomes disconnected from the ac supply (due, for example, to open circuiting of a thermal or overcurrent protective device). See figure 33B.2.1.
在这个部分中如同描述那样测验以后, 一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器将顺从 33B.1.1 中的需要。
一个 事先 未经考验的 地面-缺点 环行-打断者, 为了 每个 结合 的 领导者 pairs 那 were
tested 铟 一致 带着 这 电压 大浪 试验, 部分 23, 艾赛亚 向 铍 subjected 向 这 应用 的 这
试验 电压 如同 specified 铟 桌子 33B.2.2 带着 一 权 原素 如同 specified 铟 桌子
33B.2.3 这 交流电 权 根源 将 已经 一 可用的 短的-环行 (缺点) 目前的 (工业安全委员会) 如
同 specified 铟 桌子 33B.2.2 为了 每个 典型的 设备 这 overvoltage 艾赛亚 向 铍 应用的
为了 7 hours, 手术室 直到 目前的 向 , 手术室 temperatures 不超过 这 地面故障电路中断器
达到 相称, 手术室 直到 这 地面故障电路中断器 becomes 无联络的 从 这 交流电 提供 (应支
付的, 为了 例子, 向 打开 circuiting 的 一 热的 手术室 overcurrent 保护的 设备) .(参)看
33B.2.1 插图。
Exception: This testing is not required for an end-product employing a component or components that have been previously tested and shown not to conduct current nor to exhibit any condition in 33B.1.6 when subjected to the maximum phase voltage or twice the conductor pair voltage rating as specified in table 33B.2.1 for the end-product. 例外: 没为使用已经以前测验和展示的一个部分或者部分不(要)指挥(领导)电(潮)流的一个末端产品
需要这个测验也不为了当或者两倍(次)易受最大阶段电压时在 33B.1.6 中表现出(陈列)任何条件在
对(用 )于 末端产品的桌子 33B.2.1 中如同规定那样认为的导体双(对)电压。
33B.2.2 Permanently-connected receptacle and other type GFCIs intended for mounting in boxes shall be tested in the smallest standard standard metal box in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
永久连接的插孔和其它的类型为安装在盒子打算的 GFCIs 依据民族(国家)电代码, / 全国消防协
会 70 在最小的标准的标准金属盒子中将(被)测试。
33B.3 Limited Current Abnormal Overvoltage Test
33B.3.1 After being tested as described in this section, a ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall comply with the requirements in 33B.1.1 Eash of four previously untested representative GFCIs for each combination of conductor pairs is to be connected to an ac power supply having an open circuit voltage equal to the test voltage specified in Table 33B.2.1. The power supply is to incorporate a series variable resistor that can be adjusted to obtain the short-circuit current (Isc) specified below. See figure 33B.3.1. No load is to be connected. The variable resistor is to be adjusted such that Isc equals 5a for the first
representative device, 2.5 A for the second, 0.5 A for the third, and 0.125 A for the fourth. The four representative devices are to be energized for 7 hours, or until current to, or temperatures within the GFCI attain equilibrium, or until the GFCI becomes disconnected from the ac supply (due, for example, to open circuiting of a thermal or overcurrent protective device). See Figure 33B.3.1.
在这个部分中如同描述那样测验以后, 一个地面错误电路(绕行)断续器以前将顺从四 33B.1.1
Eash 中的需要导体双(对)每一个结合的 GFCIs 代表(是)要连接有等于测验电压的一个公开(开着)
电路(绕行)电压的一个交流电权力(动力)供应的 未经考验的 在表 33B.2.1 中规定了。 权力(动力)
供应(是)要合并能够适应于(以)获得短电路(绕行)电(潮)流 ( 工业安全委员会 ) 的一个连续变量电阻
(器)在下面规定了。 (参)看 33B.3.1 插图。 没有负载(是)要连接。 可变的电阻(器)(是)要是调整的 工
业安全委员会 等于对(用 )于 第一个代表装置的 5 一 , 第二的 2.5 一 , 对(用 )于 第三的 0.5
一 , 和对(用 )于 第四的 0.125 一 。 四个代表装置(是)要是 7 小时, 或者直到电(潮)流的
energized , 或者 地面故障电路中断器 之内的温度达到(得到)平衡, 或者 地面故障电路中断器 变
得与交流电供应分开 (应, 例如, 开一个热或者过电流的保护的装置的电路(绕行)) 。 (参)看
33B.3.1 插图。
Exception No.1: This test is not required for an end-product employing a component or components that have been previously tested and shown not to conduct current or to exhibit any condition in 33B.1.6 when subjected to the maximum phase voltage or twice the conductor pair voltage rating as specified in Table 33B.2.1 for the end-product. 例外 诺.1 : 没为使用一个部分或者部分不(要)指挥(领导)电(潮)流或者当或者两倍(次)易受最大阶段
电压时在 33B.1.6 中表现出(陈列)任何条件的一个末端产品需要这个测验已经以前测验和展示在对
(用 )于 末端产品的表 33B.2.1 中如同规定那样认为的导体双(对)电压。
Exception No.2: when this test is performed at a current level specified above and results in neither.
a) Any condition specified in 33B.1.6; nor
b) Operation of any overcurrent or thermal device
then the test results are also representative of testing of the device at lower current levels.
33B.3.2 Permanently-connected receptacle and other type GFCIs intended for mounting in boxes are to be mounted in the smallest standard non-metallic box with faceplate in accordance with the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70.
34 Extra-Low-Resistance Ground Faults Test
34.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall withstand extra-low-resistance ground faults.
34.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 34.1, the supply circuit is to have an open-circuit voltage in the range of 100-105 percent of the rating of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. The impedance of the supply is to be such as to provide a prospective current (the current that would result from short-circuiting the supply terminals) shown in 34.3 or 34.4
34.3 In testing a permanently connected ground-fault circuit –interrupter, the prospective
current is to be 5000 A and the power factor is to be within the range of 0.90-1.0.
34.3 revised December 16, 1994
34.4 In testing a cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter, the prospective current is to be 2000 A and the power factor is to be within the range of 0.9-1.0.
34.5 Each line terminal of a ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be connected to supply mentioned in 34.2 Using 4 ft (1.2 m) of insulated wire, both selected in accordance with Table 34.1.A fuse is to be connected in series with the ungrounded line conductor. An identical conductor is to be connected between a load terminal and a line terminal of the device so as to represent a ground fault .The device is to be in any position considered to be normal in service. A 1-A fuse is to be connected between the supply terminal representing the grounded circuit conductor and accessible conductive parts of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter. Surgical cotton is to cover openings of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter where flame may be emitted. See Figure 34.1.
34.6 For a cord-connected circuit-interrupter, conductors are to be attached to the attachment plug blades of the devices an to a terminal of a receptacle of the device so as not to be dislodged during the test.
34.7 The prospective current is to be initiated once by means of a switch in the supply circuit, and once by means of any control of the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, providing that a single sample need not experience more than one current initiation. The 1-A fuse shall not operate to open the circuit, and there shall be no flaming of the cotton, both mentioned in 34.5.
35 Shout Circuit Test
35.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall withstand short circuits.
一个GFCI将要经受短路回路。
35.2 In order to determine compliance with the provisions of 35.1, conditions are to be as described in34.2-34.5, except that:
为了决定具有 35.1 供应的屈从, 条件(是)要如同描述 铟34.2 - 34.5 那样, 除了那个以外:
a) The ground fault described in 34.5 is not to be connected, and
b) A 20inch (0.51 m) length of wire of the same construction as the
line conductors is to be connected between load terminals.
35.3 the test current is to be initiated by means of a switch in the supply circuit. The 1-A fuse shall not operate to open the circuit and there shall be no flaming of the cotton, both mentioned in 34.5.
测验电(潮)流(是)要借助于供应电路(绕行)中的开关开始。 1 - 保险丝将不操作(以)开这个电路(绕行)
和将没有棉花的诡计, 二者在 34.5 中提到了。
36 Chromic Acid Dropping Test
36.1 The solution to be used for the chromic acid dropping test is to be made from distilled
) and 50 water and is to contain 200 grams per liter of reagent grade chromic acid (CrO3
grams per liter of reagent grade concentrated sulfuric acid (HSO).(The latter is equivalent 24
to 27 milliliters per liter or reagent grade concentrated sulfuric acid, specific gravity of 1.84, containing 96 percent of HSO) 24
用作丢下测验的铬酸(性物质)的办法(溶液)(是)要从蒸馏的水构成和(是)要含有(容纳)每试剂等级铬酸
(性物质)的升 200 克 ( CrO3 ) 并且每试剂的升 50 克选配集中的硫酸(性物质) ( H2这么4 ) 。
(后者的相当于每升或者试剂等级集中的硫酸(性物质) 27 毫升, 1.84 的比重, H2这么4 的百分
之含有(容纳) 96 ) 。
36.2 The test solution is to be contained in a glass vessel such as a separatory funnel with the outlet equipped with a stopcock and a capillary tube of approximate 0.025 inches (0.64 mm) inside bore and 5.5 inches (140 mm) long. The lower end of the capillary tube is tapered to form a tip, the drops from which are about 0.05 ml each. To preserve an effectively constant level, a small glass tube is inserted in the top of the funnel through a rubber stopper and its position is to be adjusted so that , when the stopcock is open ,the rate of dropping is 100 ?5 drops per minute. If desired, an additional stopcock may be used in place of the glass tube to control the rate of dropping.
测验办法(溶液)(是)要在玻璃容器(船)有退场口的多分隔符号的漏斗用 水龙头 和一毛细管管子近似
0.025 英吋 ( 0.64 毫米) 装备中含有(容纳)在钻孔和 5.5 英吋 ( 140 毫米) 长(久)里面。使毛细管
管子的低的末端逐渐减少(以)形成一个小费, 它的下降(雨滴)每一个是大约 0.05 毫升 。 为了保存
一个有效地经常(不变)的水平(层次), 把小玻璃管子插入透过一个橡皮(胶)制动器, 漏斗的顶部并且
它的位置(是)要调整, 因此, 当 水龙头 是公开(开着)的时, 落下的价格(比率)是每分钟的 100 个?
5 个下降(雨滴)。 如果希望(愿望), 可以(可能)用附加 水龙头 代替玻璃管子来控制落下的价格(比
率)。
36.3 The sample and the test solution should be kept in the test room long enough to acquire the temperature of the room, which should be noted and recorded. The test is to be 0F (21-32?). conducted at a room temperature of 70-90
样品和测验办法(溶液)应该在测验房间(空间)中长期得足以获得房间(空间)的温度的被保持, 这(是)
应该注意到和记录。 测验(是)要以 70 - 900不及格 的一个室温实施(导引) ( 21 - 32 ?) 。
36.4 Each sample is to be thoroughly cleaned before testing. All grease, lacquer, paint, and other nonmetallic coatings are to be removed completely by means of acceptable solvents. Samples are then to be thoroughly rinsed in water and dried with clean cheesecloth. Care should be exercised to avoid contact of the cleaned surface with the hands or any foreign material.
每一个样品都(是)要在测验前彻底地清洁。 所有都油脂, 漆, 油漆(颜料), 并且其它非金属 coatings
完全(是)要借助于可接受的溶剂移走。 样品彻底地(是)要那时(然后)在水中冲洗和用干净 包干酪纱
布 干(燥)。 小心应该执行(训练)(以)用手或者任何外国材料避免(避开)清洁的表面的接触。
36.5 the sample to be tested is to be supported 0.7 -1 inch (17-25 mm ) below the orifice, so that the drops of solution strike the point to be tested and run off quickly. The surface to be tested should be inclined about 45 degrees from horizontal.
测验的样品(是)要在孔口下面支持 0.7 - 1 英吋 ( 17 - 25 毫米) , 因此办法(溶液)的下降(雨滴)敲
击测验和跑开了的这个点敲击得迅速。 应该使测验的这个表面倾斜大约距离水平的 45 度。
36.6 After cleaning, the sample to be tested is to be put in place under the orifice. The stopcock is to be opened and the time in seconds is to be measured with a stop watch until the dropping solution dissolves off the protective metal coating, exposing the base metal. The end point is the first appearance of the base metal recognizable by the change in color at that point.
在清洁以后, 测验的样品(是)要放入孔口下的地方。 水龙头 (是)要开并且秒的时间(是)要用一个秒
表测量直到下落办法(溶液)离开溶解(解散)保护金属涂, 暴露(揭露)基本金属。端点在那端点根据颜色
的变化是基本金属可以认知的第一个出现(外表)。
36.7 Each sample of a test lot is to be subjected to the test at three or ore points, excluding cut, stenciled, and threaded surfaces, on the inside surface and at an equal number of points on the outside surface, at places where the metal coating may be expected to be the thinnest. On enclosures made from precoated sheets, the external corners that are subjected to the greatest deformation are likely to have thin coatings.
测验的每一个样品都(是)要在三点或者矿石的点, 排除切(挖), 型板, 和线(丝)易受测验表面, 在内部
表面上和对于外部表面上点的同等数字(目), 在可以(可能)期望这件金属涂最薄的地方。 在由
precoated 片组成(制成)的包围上, 易受最很大的变形的外部角落很有可能有薄 coatings 。
36.8 To calculate the thickness of the coating being tested, select from Table 36.1 the thickness factor appropriate for the temperature at which the test was conducted and multiply by the time in seconds required to expose base metal as noted in 36.6. 为了计算测试薄层的厚度, 从桌子 36.1 选择和在时间以前成倍增加对(用 )于 温度的厚度原素适
当, 以其(温度)在要求(以)在 36.6 中如同注意到那样暴露(揭露)基本金属的秒以内实施(导引)测验。
37 Dust Test (灰尘测试)
37.1 To determine compliance with footnote b in Table 18.1, six samples, each mounted in a different mounting orientation, are to be placed, deenergized, in an air-tight chamber having 3). an internal volume of at least 3 cubic feet (0.09 m
要确定是否符合表18.1的脚注,6个样品,每个用不同的方向定位放置在一个密闭的容积至少3立方
英尺的室内.
37.2 Two oz(0.06 kg) of cement dust, maintained at a relative humidity of 20-50 percent and capable of passing through a 200 mesh screen, is to be circulated for 15minutes by means of compressed air or a blower so as to completely envelop the sample in the chamber. The air flow is to be maintained at an air velocity of approximately 50 fpm (0.25 m/s). 2盎司(0.06KG)的水泥灰尘,在相对湿度为20-50个比例时,可以通过200网眼的隔板,通过压缩空气
或吹风机使灰尘完全包住样品在室内循环15分钟。空气的流动大约为50FPM(0.25M/秒).
37.3 Following the exposure to dust, the sample exterior shall be carefully cleaned. The sample is then to be opened and examined for the presence of dust. If there is no evidence of dust within the interior, the sample can be considered ―closed-in‖ for spacing purposes.
See Table 18.1.
做完灰尘测试以后,样品的外表必须小心的清洁干凈。然后打开样品检查有没有灰尘。如果样品内部
没有灰尘,这个样品可以认为是‖密闭‖的有达到间隔的目的。看表18.1
37A Permanence of Marking(标志的永久性)
37A.1 An adhesive backed label as mentioned in 39.12 and 39.2.2 shall comply with the Standard for Marking and Labeling Systems, UL 969.
37A.1 added July 4, 1995 在39.12和39.2.2提到的背面有粘性的标签必须符合UL969标志和标签体系标准
37A.2 Labels required by 39.2.2 that come in contact with uninsulated live parts shall be of a nonconductive material that complies with the Dielectric Breakdown Test, Section 8, the Moisture Absorption Test, Section 10 and the Test for Indirect Measurement of Conductor Corrosion, Section 15, of the Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape, UL 510.
37A.2 revised September 26, 2002
39.2.2要求的标签会和不绝缘的火线脚接触,所以它的材料必须为不可导电,符合UL 150的PVC、聚
乙烯及橡胶胶布测试标准中第8节的介质故障测试,第10节的湿气吸收测试,第15节的导体腐蚀的间
接测试.
37B Reserved for future use(保留到将来使用)
Section 37B deleted and reserved for future use September 27, 2002
37C Reserved for future use(保留到将来使用)
37D reserved for future use(保留到将来使用)
37E Operating Mechanism Test(机械操作测试)
Added Section 37E effective January 1, 2003
37E.1 Unless the electronics are connected to the line side of the contacts it will be necessary to verify compliance with 19.1 by testing the ground-fault circuit-interrupter as follows:
除非有电子零件会和火线端子接触才有必要测试GFCI是否符合19.1,如下:
a) The ground-fault circuit-interrupter is to be connected as shown in Figure 24.1,
GFCI如图24.1连接;
b) The resistance R is to be adjusted to obtain a ground fault current of 6 B
mA,
阻抗值要调整到6MA的地线错误电流
c) Switches S, S, are closed, and switch S is open, 123
开关S1,S2关闭,S3打开
d) The 6 mA current is passed by closing switch Sthe GFCI having been 3
closed and the operating means being held in the closed position. The GFCI shall
trip.
6MA的电流通过GFCI已关闭的开关S3,并在关闭的位置上操作。GFCI必须旅行.
37E.2 The test in 37E.1 is then repeated by moving the operating means of the GFCI slowly over a period of approximately 1 second to a position where the current starts to flow. Tripping shall occur without further movement of the operating means.
37E.1的测试通过GFCI的操作方式缓慢地在电流开始的位置移动大约1秒钟。旅行不需操作方式的
更多移动即可出现。
37E.3 Both the test in 37E.1 and 37E.2 are to be performed three times, at least once on each pole intended to be connected to phase.
37E.1和37E.2的测试都要做3次,至少要在每个要连接到相位的极上做一次。
MARKINGS(标志)
38 Details(细节)
Section 38 Title revised
January 4, 1995
38.1 General(总则)
Sub-heading 38.1 added and replaces 38.1 which has been relocated as added 39.1.1 January 4, 1995
38.1.1 a ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be marked with manufacturer’s name,
trademark, or other suitable means of identification and the electrical ratings in voltage, frequency, and load capacity in amperes. The load-capacity marking of a cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall include watts.
一个GFCI的产品必须标志制造商的名字、商标或其它身份的标示和电压、频率及电流。电流的标
示要包含瓦特数。
38.13 relocated as added 38.1.1 January 4, 1995
38.1.2 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be legibly and permanently marked with the date or other dating period of manufacture not exceeding any three consecutive months. GFCI的产品要清楚和永久的标示日期或制造的日期段(不可超过连续的三个月)
Exception: The date of manufacture may be abbreviated, or may be in a nationally accepted conventional code, or in a code affirmed by the manufacturer, provided that the code:
例外:制造的日期可以缩短,也可以用国际的缩写惯例,或是制造商申明的规则,规则提供如下:
b) Does not repeat in less than 20 years, and
至少20年不能重复,并
b) Does not require reference to the production records of the manufacture to determine when the product was manufactured.
38.18 relocated as added 38.12 January 4, 1995
不需要参考制造商的生产记录去决定产品是何时生产的;
38.1.3 An enclosure that has been found to be rainproof may be marked ―Rainproof‖.
39.9 relocated as added 38.1.3 January 4, 1995
外壳是防水的,就必须标上―Rainproof‖
38.2 Permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupters
Sub-heading 38.2 added ad replaces 38.2 which has been relocated as added 39.2.9 January 4, 1995
GCFI的永久性连接
38.2.1 Except if Suitable wire connectors are packed with a ground-fault circuit-interrupter employing terminal leads, the gauge of the terminal leads shall be marked on the device.
39.8 relocated as added 38.2.1 January 4, 1995
为了确保和带端子引线的GFCI装在一起的是正确的电线连接器,产品上要标示端子引线的AWG数。
38.2.2 Unless a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter has been found suitable for use where it may be exposed to rain, it shall be marked where visible during installation in letters 1/8 inch (3.2mm) high with the words :“do not use where exposed to
rain”, or the equivalent
当产品暴露在雨中时,除非一个永久连接的GFCI适合在雨中,必须在安装信件可看得见的地方打字
3.2MM高的字‖当暴露在雨中时不要使用‖,或替代品
39.7 relocated as added 38.2.2 January 4, 1995
38.2.3 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter that has been found suitable for connection to a conduit which extends directly to an underwater pool light forming shell may be so marked.
39.10 relocated as added 38.2.3 January 4, 1995 一个GFCI的产品适合于连接一个直通到水池灯壳的导管,可以做此标志。
38.2.4 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall have its terminals legibly and permanently marked ―Line‖ and ―Load‖, and ―Hot‖ and ―White‖ as appropriate. If a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter is provided with leads, the location where the leads exit the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, shall be legibly and permanently marked ―Line‖ and ―Load‖, and ―Hot‖ and ―White‖ or ―gray‖ as appropriate.
Added 38.24.4 effective November 13, 1998 一个永久连接的GFCI必须要在它的端子上清楚和永久地标示‖LINE‖和‖LOAD‖,和‖HOT‖
和‖WHITE‖。如果一个永久性连接的GFCI还和引线一起提供,GFCI上装引线的位置必须清楚和永
久地标示‖LINE‖和‖LOAD‖,和‖HOT‖和‖WHITE‖及‖WHITE‖和‖GRAY‖。
38.2.5 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be marked in letters at east 1/8 inch (3.2mm) high:
一个永久连接的GFCI的标志字母必须至少有3.2MM高。
―For use on grounded circuits‖
For a Class A device:
针对A级产品
―To minimize false tripping do not connect to swimming-pool equipment
installed before adoption of the 1965 National Electrical Code,‖ and
―在引用1965国际电器法则前,要将连接到游泳池组装设备的错误旅行减到最少‖
For a Class B device:
针对B级产品
―1. Use only wit underwater swimming-pool lighting fixtures installed before
adoption of the 1965 National Electrical Code. CAUTION-To prevent electrical
shock, disconnect power before servicing fixtures.
―1.在引用1965国际电器法则前,只适用于水下照明游泳池。警告—为防止电击,在安装之前切断电
源‖
―2. To minimize false tripping: Do not connect to more than (------) feet
(and/or ----- meters) of load conductor for the total one-way run‖. The blank shall be
filled in with the appropriate length, in accordance with Table 39.1. See also 25.3.
39.2.3 relocated as added 38.2.5 May 13, 1998
―2.为将错误的旅行减到最少,总共一条道运行,不要连接超过(------)FT(和/或-----M)的负载导体。空白
的部份要根据表39.1和25.3填入合适的长度。
38.2.6 Marking of a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall include the Class.
39.2.12 relocated as added 38.2.6 May 13, 1998
一个永久连接的GFCI产品的翲志要包括等级。
38.3 Portable ground-fault circuit-interrupters
Sub-heading 383.3added and replaces 38.3 which has been revised and relocated as added 39.1.2 January 4, 1995
可携式的GFCI
38.3.1 A cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be marked in letters at least 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) high, with the word ―WARNING‖ and the following or equivalent wording. ―To reduce the risk of electric shock the supervisory circuit must be operated before an appliance is plugged into any receptacle on the device. The marking shall describe the indication given by operation of the supervisory circuit and inform the user that, in the event of an indication of improper functioning, the cause of the malfunction is to be corrected before further use of the device.
38.11 relocated as added 38.3.1 January 4, 1995
一个带线的GFCI标示的字母至少要3.2MM高,标示以下‖警告‖
内容
财务内部控制制度的内容财务内部控制制度的内容人员招聘与配置的内容项目成本控制的内容消防安全演练内容
或替的词句。‖为了减少电击的
风险,在产品的任何母端插入电器之前要启动监护回路。监护回簬的操作必须有标示,以通知使用者知
道,如果标示了错误的功能性操作,要在再次使用前做出修正。
38.3.2 A cord-connected device shall be marked with a statement to the effect that the device does not guard against electric shock resulting from:
a) Some possible defects or faults in an extension cord or other wiring
supplying the ground-fault circuit-interrupter, or
b) Contact with both circuit conductors.
38.16 relocated as added 38.3.2 January 4, 1995
38.3.3 A cord connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter not provided with a permanently attached cord 6 ft(1.83 m) or longer in length, shall be marked with the following or equivalent wording ―This product should be used only with a three-conductor, 120 volt,-----
ampere (15, 20, or 30 A ) supply cord set employing Type ST,SO,STO, SJT, SJO, or SJTO cord. In event of cord set damage, it should be replaced only with an equivalent cord set ―.
38.17 relocated as added 38.3.3 January 4, 1995
38.3.4 Unless a cord-connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter has been found suitable for use in wet locations, it shall be marked‖ Do not use where water is likely to enter case‖ or the equivalent.
38.15 relocated as 38.3.4 January 4, 1995
38.4 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.5 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.6 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.7 Deleted effective July 4, 1995
38.8 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.10 January 4, 1995
38.9 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.11 January 4, 1995
38.10 Relocated as added 39.2.12 January 4, 1995
38.11 Relocated as added 38.3.1 January 4, 1995
38.12 Relocated as added 39.2.13 January 4, 1995
38.13 Relocated as added 38.1.1 January 4, 1995
38.14 Relocated as added 39.2.8 January 4, 1995
38.15 Relocated as added 38.3.4 January 4, 1995
38.16 Relocated as added 38.3.2 January 4, 1995
38.17 Revised and relocated as added 38.3.2 January 4, 1995
38.18 Relocated as added 38.1.2 January 4, 1995
39 Installation Instructions
39.1 General
Sub-heading 39.1 added and replaces 39.1 which has been relocated as added 39.2.1 January 4, 1995
39.1.1 There shall be plain, legible, and durable instructions for effective use of a ground-fault circuit-interrupter. Whenever possible, such instruction are to appear on the device, and be so located that they may be readily viewed without the use of tools, and while a permanently-connected device is operating normally,
A GFCI that can not accommodate legible instructions, due to the size of the instructions, the size of the device, or both, may have the required instructions supplied on ―stuffer sheets‖ provided with the GFCI. A receptacle-type GFCI shall be provided with an
installation instruction sheet as specified in 39.1.1.1.
Revised 39.1.1 effective November 13, 1998
39.1.1.1 Each receptacle-type GFCI shall be provided with the installation instructions shown in Figures 39.1-39.6. The installation instruction sheet, containing the detail of all six figures, shall not be smaller than 8-1/2 inches (215.9 mm) high × 16- 1/2 inches (419.1 mm)
long, consisting of 12 panels (for folding), each no smaller than 4- 1/4 inches (108 mm)
high ×2 -3/4 inches (69.9 mm) long. The front of the installation instructions shall contain the manufacture’s name, cautionary note, and steps 1-6 as shown in Figures 39.1-39.3. The
back of the installation instruction sheet shall contain steps 7and 8 as shown in Figures 39.4-39.6. The only modifications that may be made to the content of the instructions are those necessary for including the manufacturer’s name , model, and warranty information, and any product configurations different from those represented in the figures. A GFCI that is provided with these installation instructions need not additionally be provided with the instructions detailed in 39.2.4, 39.2.8, or 39.2.10.
Added 39.1.1.1 effective November 13, 1998
39.1.2 If the instructions in 39.1.1 are included on an adhesive-backed label, the label shall comply with the requirements of 37 A.1.
38.3 revised and relocated as added 39.1.2 effective July 4,
1995
39.2 Permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupters
Sub-heading 39.2 added and replaces 39.2 which has been relocated as added 39.2.3 January 4, 1995
39.2.1 Those installation instructions required to be on a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be either continuously exposed to views, or shall become exposed to view when the field-wiring terminals are exposed to view.
39.1 relocated as added 39.2.1 January 4, 1995
39.2.2 A receptacle type GFCI shall be provided with an adhesive label that either covers the load terminals or is wrapped around the load leads. The label shall be safety yellow in accordance with the Standard for Product safety Signs and Labels, ANSI Z535.4 or an equivalent yellow, with black lettering and shall contain the following or equivalent :‖ATTENTION [in letters at least 3/32 inch (2.4 mm) high]‖ The load terminals under this label are for feeding additional receptacles. Miswiring can leave this outlet without ground fault protection. Read instructions prior to wiring.‖
Added 39.2.2 effective July 4, 1995
39.2.3 Relocated as added 38.2.5 May 13, 1998
39.2.4 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be provided with installation instructions that include the following either in written text or pictorial form:
a) A description of how to differentiate ―Line‖ conductors from
―Load‖ conductors, and a description of the proper method of connection the
conductors to the GFCI, and
b) A description of how to determine whether the GFCI has been
wired properly and how to determine whether it functions properly after it has
been wired.
Added 39.2.4 effective July 4, 1995
39.2.5 Deleted May 13, 1998
39.2.6 A permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall be clearly marked so as to minimize the occurrence of miswiring of the conductors to the means of termination provided. See 15.7.
39.5 revised and relocated as added 39.2.6 January 4, 1995
39.2.7 In determining compliance with the provisions of 39.2.6, consideration is to be given to:
a) Wire gauge,
b) whether conductors are copper or aluminum,
c) Whether terminals are for grounded, grounding, line, or load connection, and
d) Whether conductors are solid or stranded.
39.6 revised and relocated as added 39.2.7 January 4, 1995
39.2.8 A statement to the effect that the device does not guard against electric shock resulting from contact with both circuit conductors shall appear on a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter or in literature packed with the device.
38.14 relocated as added 39.2.8 January 4, 1995
39.2.9 There is to be suitable reference on a ground-fault circuit-interrupter to the location of any of the instructions mentioned in 39.1.1 that are not on the device.
38.2 revised and relocated as added 39.2.9 January 4, 1995
39.2.10 For a permanently connected ground-fault circuit-interrupter, there shall be instructions to operate the supervisory circuit upon installation and at least as frequently as monthly. Part of these instructions may be omitted from the device when complete instructions are provide on literature packaged with the device.
38.8 relocated as 39.2.10 January 4, 1995
39.2.11 The instructions mentioned in 39.2.10 shall include on the device a description of the indication given by instructions for the normal operation of the supervisory circuit.
38.9 revised and relocated as added 39.2.11 January 4, 1995
39.2.12 Relocated as added 38.2.6 May 13, 1998
39.2.13 Deleted May 13, 1998
39.3 Deleted January 4, 1995
39.4 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.5 January 4, 1995
39.5 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.6 January 4, 1995
39.6 Revised and relocated as added 39.2.7 January 4, 1995
39.7 Relocated as added 39.2.2 January 4, 1995
39.8 Relocated as added 38.1.3 January 4, 1995
39.9 Relocated as added 38.1.3 January 4, 1995
39.10 Relocated as added 38.2.3 January 4,1995
SUPPLEMENT SA-OPTIONAL 10 KA SHORT CIRCUIT TEST FOR OUTLET-BOX TYPE
GROUND-FAUL CIRCUIT-INTERRUPTERS.
INTRODUCTION
SA1 Scope
Section SA1 added March 24, 1997
SA1.1 These requirements in this supplement cover an optional test procedure for a ground-fault circuit-interrupter.
SA1.2 These requirements are intended to verify the optional 10ka short circuit current capabilities for a ground-fault circuit-interrupter employed in applications such as power outlets, where higher currents are available.
SA1.3 The ground-fault circuit-interrupter mentioned in SA1.2 shall comply with the applicable requirements of this standard, UL 943, except as modified by the requirements contained in this supplement.
SA1.4 The requirements of this supplement do not apply to a portable ground-fault circuit-interrupter.
PERFORMANCE
SA2 General
Section SA2 added March 24, 1997
SA2.1 Representative outlet-box type ground-fault circuit-interrupters shall be subjected to the Extra-Low-Resistance Ground Fault Test in Section 34 and the shout Circuit Test in Section 35 except the prospective current is to be 10,000 rms Symmetrical Amperes and the power factor in the range of 0.45to 0.50
SA2.2 In the tests mentioned in SA2.1 each representative device tested shall be operational after each test. Operation shall be verified by the supervisory circuit remaining operable upon completion of each test. The representative devices tested shall also comply with Dielectric Voltage-Withstand Test, Section 29. See also 21.2 for representative device selection.
MARKINGS
SA3 General
Section SA3 added March 24, 1997
SA3.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter that complies with SA2.1 and SA2.2 shall not be marked to indicate the ability to withstand a 10KA short circuit current as a result of these tests.
APPENDIX A
Standards for Components
Standards under which components of the products covered by this standard are evaluated
include the following:
Title of Standard – UL standard Designation
Attachment Plugs and Receptacles- UL 498
Boxes, Junction, for Swimming Pool Lighting Fixtures – UL 1241
Cord Sets and Power-Supply Cords-UL 817
Double Insulation Systems for Use in Electrical Equipment – UL 1097
Flexible cord and Fixture wire –UL 62
Fuseholders UL 512
Industrial Control Equipment – UL 508
Optical Isolators - UL 1577
Plastic Materials for Parts in devices and Appliances, Tests for Flammability of - UL 94
Polymeric Materials – Long Term Property Evaluations – UL 746B
Polymeric Materials – Short Term Property Evaluations – UL 746A
Polymeric Materials – Use in Electrical Equipment Evaluations –UL 746C
Printed-Wiring Boards, Electrical –UL 796
Semiconductor Devices, Electrically Isolated –UL 1557
Sharpness of Edges on Equipment, determination of –UL 1439
Switches, Special –UL 1054
Systems of Insulation Materials – General – UL 1446
Tape, Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating – UL 510
Terminal Blocks, Electrical – UL 1059
Terminals, Electrical Quick-Connect – UL 310
Tubing, Extruded Insulation – UL 224
Wire Connectors, and Soldering Lugs For Use With copper Conductors – UL 486A
Wire connectors for Use with Aluminum Conductors – UL 486B
Wire Connectors, Splicing – UL 486C
Wires and Cables, Rubber-Insulated – UL 44
Wires and Cables, Thermoplastic – Insulated –UL 83
Wiring Terminals, Equipment, for Use With aluminum and/or Copper Conductors – UL 486 E September 27, 2002
Superseded requirements for
The Standard for
Ground-fault Circuit-Interrupters
UL 943, Third Edition
The requirements shown are the current requirements that have been superseded by
requirements in revisions issued for this standard. To retain the current requirements, do
not discard the following requirements until the future effective dates are reached.
19.1 Compliance with the provisions of 24.1.1 – 24.1.4 shall not be prevented by manipulation or restraint of accessible control levers, knobs, and the like of a ground-fault
circuit-interrupter.
23 Voltage Surge Test
23.1 The sample shall be subjected to the following surge voltage impulses in the order
given:
a) Ten random applications or three controlled applications of a 6 KV
surge impulse at 60 second intervals. Tripping of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter is not acceptable.
b) Ten random applications or three controlled applications of a 3 KV
surge impulse at 60 second intervals. Tripping of the ground-fault
circuit-interrupter is not a acceptable.
23.2 The sample is to be connected to a supply of rated voltage. The grounding lead or terminal of the sample is to be connected to the supply conductor serving as the neutral. The sample is to be in the ―on‖ condition with no load connected. For each application, the voltage is to have the specified initial peak amplitude of 6 or 3 KV when applied to the 60 Hz supply to the unit under test. Each of the ten applications is to be random with respect to the phase of the 60 Hz supply voltage. If three controlled applications are employed, one application is to be at essentially zero of the supply voltage wave, one at positive peak and one at negative peak.
23.3 The surge generator is to have a surge impedance of 50 ohms. When there is no load on the generator, the waveform of the surge is to be essentially as follows:
a) Initial rise time, 0.5 microseconds between 10 percent and 90 percent of peak amplitude,
b) The period of the following oscillatory wave, 10 microseconds, and
c) Each successive peak, 60 percent of the preceding peak.
23.4 Figures 23.1 and 23.2 show a typical sure generator and control relay.
26 Resistance to Environmental Noise Test
26.1 A ground-fault circuit-interrupter shall resist tripping from the effects of an RF signal varied from 10-450 MHz and function properly when tested in accordance with 26.2-26.5.
26.2 The test circuit for environmental electrical noise is to be as shown in Figure 26.1. The test equipment is defined in Items a - d of this paragraph.
a) RF Signal Generator
Frequency Range: 10 to 450 MHz min
Accuracy: ?3% after warm-up
Modulation: Continuous Wave (CW)
Adjustable Output Attenuator
Spectral Purity:
Harmonic distortion (output power ? + 3 dBm):
<-20 dBc.
Spurious output signals, subharmonically and nonharmonically related
(Excluding line related) L <-100 dBc
Residual AM (average rms): -555 dBc in a 50Hz
to 15kHz post-detection noise bandwidth.
Residual FM on CW (averaged rms deviation):<0.3 ppm in a 0.3
to 3 kHz post-detection noise bandwidth: <0.5 ppm in a 50Hz to 15 kHz
post-detection noise bandwidth.
Output Voltage: Is to be capable of delivering 0.5 V rms min
across a 51 ohm resistive load.
b) High Frequency Voltmeter
Frequency Range: 10 to 450 MHz min
Voltage Range: Is to have a range suitable for measuring a
value of 0.5 V rms to an accuracy of ?3%.
Input Impedance: >10M ohm shunted by 1.5 pF or less
capacitance.
c) RF Coupling Fixture
The RF coupling fixture is to be constructed in accordance
with Figure 26.2.
Modifications to the Coupling Fixture which may be required
by the product configuration are to comply with 26.3. The bill-of-materials
for the fixture appears in Table 26.1.
d) Isolation Transformer
Secondary Voltage: Rated voltage for the GFCI under test.
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
VA: 225 min
Triad-Utrad N55M or equivalent
26.3 If the ground-fault circuit-interrupter contains integral wire connections, they are not to
be shortened, Lengthened, or altered in any way when connected to the test
equipment. GFCI’s employing field wiring terminals are to be connected to 2the fixture with No. 14 AWG (2.1mm) solid wire leads, 6?1/2 inches (152?
13 mm) long.
26.4 Prior to initiation of the test, the signal generator and amplifier are to warm up and
stabilize.
26.5 The test sequence, with reference to the test circuit in figure 26.1, is as follows:
a) With switch S1 open, the line terminals of the test GFCI are to
be connected to the test fixture of figure 26.2, observing proper polarity.
b) Set the signal generator to the first test frequency. Connect the
voltmeter to the voltmeter test point. The GFCI under test is to be in the
―tripped‖ or ―off‖ position while setting up the RF Voltage to prevent
loading effect on the RF generator. (If necessary the test GFCI may be
removed from the test fixture while setting the RF voltage)
c) adjust the output of the amplifier until the voltmeter reads 0.5
V rms ?5%. Disconnect the voltmeter from the voltmeter test point.
d) Turn ―on‖ or reset the GFCI under test. Close switch S1 to
apply rated voltage to the GFCI. The GFCI’s shall not trip for a period of 30 s
after application of the ac voltage and RF signal.
e) Depress the test switch to energize the supervisory circuit of
the GFCI under test. The GFCI shall trip.
f) Open switch S1, and set the signal generator to the next test
frequency given in Table 26.2. Repeat steps b –e until the GFCI has been
evaluated at each of the test frequencies given in Table 26.2.
浙公网安备 33021202002483